Pressure & Flow Switches Sensors

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Pressure & Flow Switches Sensors"

Transcription

1 EMC-CAT-Sensor A -UK Pressure & Flow Switches Sensors

2

3 Index ZSE/ISE 2-Colour Display Type Basic Pneumatic Digital Pressure Switch with high precision P. ZSE/ISE High Enclosure Pneumatic Digital Pressure Switch with high resolution P.9 ZSE/ISE5/6 General Fluid High Precision Digital Pressure Switch P.25 ISE7/75(H) 2-Colour High Pressure Pneumatic/General Fluid Pressure Switch P.9 PSE5 High Precision Basic Pneumatic Pressure Sensor P.65 PSE5 Compact & Light Wight Pneumatic Pressure Sensor with a wide choice of Port connectivity P.69 Sensors PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 Low Differential Pressure Pneumatic Pressure Sensor P.7 PSE56 General Fluid Pressure Sensor with High Enclosure P.77 PSE2 Channel Compact Digital Pressure Sensor Controller P.8 PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PSE Single Channel Compact Digital Pressure Sensor Controller P.89 ISA2 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection P.7 PF2A Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air and Nitrogen P.5 PF2W Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water P.9 PF2D Digital Flow Sensors & Controller for De-ionised Water and Chemicals P.79 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

4

5 ZSE/ISE PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE2 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE56 PSE55

6 2-color digital display allows you to choose the setting according to your application requirements. different display settings are available. This photo shows 2 display colours simultaneously for product presentation purposes. In actual application, only one colour is displayed at a time. Abnormal conditions can be detected at a glance! PRESSURE kpa PRESSURE kpa PRESSURE kpa PRESSURE kpa PRESSURE kpa OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT SET SET SET SET SET With one-touch fitting (ø, ø6, ø5/2", ø/") Reduced dimensions in piping direction 7.8 mm reduction Straight type. 2. mm reduction Elbow type mm 2. mm KQ2H6-M5 KQ2L6-M5 Comparison when One-touch fittings (KQ2H6-M5 / KQ2L6-M5) are connected to the piping ports (M5) 2

7 Space-saving improvement Economical use of space Old Model ZSEE ISEE.5 New Model ZSE ISE Compact profile Applicable panel thickness is up to 6mm. (Panel mounting) With analogue output Each display required its own panel opening Just one panel opening is required for stackable displays, which can be mounted either horizontally or vertically. In addition to the conventional voltage output type ( to 5 V) Current output type ( to 2 ma) is now available. Convenient when longer wiring is required Excellent noise resistance Switches for vacuum and positive pressure can be easily distinguished. The different display panel frame colours easily tell them apart. Vacuum/Low pressure (ZSE) Blue Positive pressure (ISE) Gray Variations Rated pressure range Display calibration Old Model New Model This function allows uniformity in the numbers displayed. More user-friendly controls High-precision resolution: / Vacuum/Low pressure ZSE kpa Raised rubber button controls are clearly set apart, simple to operate, soft to the touch. Plug-type connectors take the burden out of wiring work and maintenance. Positive pressure ISE MPa kpa Setting/Display resolution.2 kpa. MPa Switch output NPN/PNP open collector ( output) Output Analogue output Voltage output: to 5 V; Current output: to 2 ma Current consumption Option 5 ma or less (7 ma or less for current output) Panel mount/bracket PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

8 2-Colour Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE How to Order Option Without lead wire Nil Lead wire with connector (Lead wire length: 2m) L For positive pressure For vacuum/low pressure ISE ZSE 25 M 25 M R /8 (with M5 female thread) Piping specification Option 2 Nil Bracket None T NPT /8 (with M5 female thread) A CH C6H N7H ø one-touch fitting ø5/2" one-touch fiting ø6 one-touch fitting ø/" one-touch fitting Straight type Output specification NPN output PNP output to 5 V output to 2 ma output B Panel mount CL C6L ø one-touch fitting ø5/2" one-touch fitting ø6 one-touch fitting Elbow type Panel mount adapter + Front protective cover N7L ø/" one-touch fitting D Optional Part Nos. When optional parts are required separately, use the following part numbers to place an order. Option Lead wire with connector Bracket Panel mount adapter Panel mount adater + Front protective cover Part no. ZS-27-A ZS-27-B ZS-27-C ZS-27-D Note Lead wire length: 2 m With mounting screws (M x 5L: 2 pcs.) With M x 8L (2 pcs.) With M x 8L (2 pcs.) Unit specification Nil With unit switching function M Fixed SI untii (International System of Units) Note) Note) Fixed units: For vacuum/low pressure: kpa For positive pressure: MPa

9 2-Colour Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE Specifications Piping Specification Part Port size Wetted part material Weight One-touch fitting Straight type One-touch fitting Elbow type With lead wire with connector (2 m) Without lead wire with connector R/8 M5 Rated pressure range Regulating pressure range Proof pressure Min. regulating unit Fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Switch output Note ) 8 g g Short circuit protection Repeatability Analogue output Hysteresis Display Display accuracy Indication light Temperature characteristics Environmental resistance Standard T NPT/8 M5 Max. load current Max. applied voltage Residual voltage Response time Note 2) Voltage output Note ) Current output Hysteresis mode Window comparator mode Enclosure Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance ZSE (Vacuum/Low pressure). to. kpa. to. kpa 5 kpa.2 kpa ISE (Positive pressure). to. MPa. to. MPa.5 MPa. MPa Air, Inert gas, Non-flammable gas 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (with power supply polarity protection) 5 ma or less (at no load) NPN or PNP open collector output: output8 ma V (with NPN output) V or less (with load current of 8 ma) 2.5 ms or less (Response time selections with anti-chattering function: 2 ms, 6 ms, 6 ms, 28 ms) With short circuit protection Output voltage: to 5 V ±2.5% F.S. or less (with rated pressure range) ±.2% F.S. ±2 digit or less ±.2% F.S. ± digit or less Linearity: ±% F.S. or less, Output impedance: Approx. kω Output current: to 2 ma ±2.5% F.S. or less (with rated pressure range) Linearity: ±% F.S. or less Maximum load impedance: Ω with power supply voltage of 2 V; 6 Ω with power supply voltage of 2 V Minimum load impedance: 5 Ω Adjustable (can be set from ) /2 digit, 7-segment indicator, 2-colour display (red and green) Sampling cycle: 5 times/s ±2% F.S. ±2 digit ±2%F.S. ±digit (at 25 C ambient temperature) (at 25 C ambient temperature) Light up when output is ON (Green) ±2% F.S. or less (based on 25 C) IP Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (with no freezing or condensation) Operating and stored: 5 to 85%RH (with no condensation) VAC for min. between live parts and enclosure 5 MΩ or more between live pars and enclosure (at 5 VDC) to 5 Hz,.5 mm or 2 m/s 2 amplitude in X, Y, Z directions for 2 hours each m/s 2 in X, Y, Z diections times each Compliant with CE Marking and UL (CSA) standards Note ) When switch output is selected, analogue output is not available. Note 2) When voltage output is selected, a simultaneous selection of switch output and current output is not available. Note ) When current output is selected, a simultaneous selection of switch output and voltage output is not available. CH ø mm ø5/2 inch C6H ø6 mm Sensor pressure receiving area: silicon, piping port: C62 (electroless nickel plated), O-ring: HNBR O-ring: NBR O-ring: NBR, fitting: PBT 76 g 8 g N7H ø/ inch CL ø mm ø5/2 inch C6L ø6 mm 78 g g N7L ø/ inch PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 5

10 Series ZSE/ISE Setting Measuring mode Press the SET button. Press the SET button and hold for 2sec. or longer. Pressure setting Enter the set value of the pressure to perform switch output. Initial setting Set the output type, response time, and display colour switching. Initial Setting Initial setting mode Press and hold the SET button for 2 seconds or longer. Display monitor will be per Figure A below, and the switch will now be in the display colour setting mode. PRESSURE Press the SET button. Press the SET button.. Output type setting Measuring mode Detects and displays the pressure and performs switch operations. Other functions such as the value clear function can be set according to the application purpose. The type of switch output can be set arbitrarily. While the current output type is displayed, press the DOWN button to switch between normally open and normally closed. PRESSURE PRESSURE OUT Figure A If the unit specification indicated at the time of ordering is "M", the fixed SI unit will be used. If it is Nil, refer to "Unit Switching Function" on page 5.. Display colour setting Select the colour for LCD display. Press the UP or DOWN button to choose a display colour. PRESSURE PRESSURE OUT Normally open Normally closed Press the SET button to set the output type and proceed to the response time setting.. Response time setting The switch output response time can be set arbitrarily. Chattering can be prevented with a response time setting. While the current response time is displayed, press the UP or DOWN button to select a new response time. OUT PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE OUT OUT ON: Red ON: Green PRESSURE PRESSURE OUT OUT OUT 2.5 ms 2 ms 6 ms PRESSURE PRESSURE OUT ON/OFF: Red ON/OFF: Green Press the SET button to set the colour and proceed to the operating mode setting. If the analogue output is set, press the UP or DOWN button and select the desired display colour from (Green) or (Red). Press the SET button to exit this mode and return to the measuring mode. 2. Operating mode setting This mode will let you select the switch operating mode. While the current operating mode is displayed, press the UP or DOWN button to select a newly desired operating mode. PRESSURE OUT PRESSURE OUT Press the SET button to set the response time and proceed to the auto preset setting. If the operating mode is the window comparator mode, press the SET button to return to the measuring mode. 5. Auto preset setting This function stores the measuring pressure that is set during the auto preset mode as a basic value. While the current setting is displayed, press the UP or DOWN button to select it as an auto preset setting. OUT 6 ms 28 ms PRESSURE PRESSURE OUT OUT 6 ON OFF Hysteresis mode Hysteresis (H) P ON OFF Hysteresis (H) n ON OFF Window comparator mode Hysteresis Hysteresis (H) (H) (Standard: Factory setting) (Reversed) (Standard: Factory setting) (Reversed) P P2 ON OFF Hysteresis (H) n Hysteresis (H) Press the SET button to set the mode and proceed to the output type setting. n2 OUT Manual OUT Auto Press the SET button to set the auto preset and return to the measuring mode.

11 2-Colour Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE Pressure setting Manual setting Press the SET button in the measuring mode to display the set value. and the current set value blink alternately. OUT PRESSURE Normally Open OUT PRESSURE Normally Closed Alternately displayed PRESSURE Press the SET button to display the next set value. Press the UP or DOWN button to change the value. (Refer to "How to Set Value" on the lower right hand corner of this page.) Hysteresis mode In this mode, hysteresis (H) and the set value for hysteresis are displayed alternately after setting P. Press the SET button to return to the normal measuring mode. Press the UP or DOWN button to change the value. (Refer to "How to Set Value" below right.) Window comparator mode In this mode, P2 and the current set value are displayed alternately after setting P. Press the SET button to display the next set value ( : hysteresis). Press the UP or DOWN button to change the value. (Refer to "How to Set Value" at right.) Next, and the set vale for hysteresis will be displayed alternately. Press the SET button to return to the normal measuring mode. Press the UP or DOWN button to change the value. (Refer to "How to Set Value" at right.) Pressure set value can be verified without holding or stopping the switch output operation. OUT Auto preset setting. Auto preset preparation mode While in the measuring mode, press the SET button to activate the auto preset preparation mode, and will be displayed. Proceed to prepare the devices to perform the pressure setting. While is still displayed, press both the UP and DOWN buttons simultaneously to return to the measuring mode. OUT 2. Auto preset setting Press the SET button to activate the mode to execute auto preset functions. When is displayed, start the system operation and change the pressure. The set value will be automatically detected and stored. While is still displayed, press the SET button to complete the setting and return to the normal measuring mode. OUT PRESSURE PRESSURE How to Set Value To enter a value such as the one for pressure setting:. Press the UP or DOWN button to change the set value. The first digit blinks. 2. Press the UP or DOWN button to set the value arbitrarily. (If there is no button operation for more than seconds, the current value will be automatically set and the function will return to the set value display mode.). With every push of the SET button, the next (higher) digit blinks. 2nd digit st digit rd digit When the left-most digit is zero, " " or " " will blink. If the SET button is pressed while the left-most digit is blinking, the right-most digit will now blink.. Press and hold the SET button for second or longer to return to the set value display mode. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 7

12 Series ZSE/ISE Setting Function setting Display calibration During measuring mode, press the SET and DOWN buttons simultaneously and hold for 2 seconds or longer. and current measured value will be displayed. Press the UP or DOWN button to change the set value. If there is no button operation for more than 2 seconds after changing the set value, the display mode returns to displaying and the current measured value. Press the SET button to display the adjusted value (percent). The adjusted value and will be alternately displayed. Displayed pressure value OUT OUT PRESSURE PRESSURE Press the SET button to return to the normal measuring mode. ±5% R.D. (±2.5% R.D.) OUT Alternately displayed Alternately displayed + Applied pressure PRESSURE OUT OUT PRESSURE Current measured value PRESSURE Adjusted value (Percent) This function eliminates slight differences in the output values and allows uniformity in the numbers displayed. Displayed values of the pressure sensor can be calibrated to within ±5% for Series ISE and ±2.5% for Series ZSE. : Factory setting display value set prior to shipment : Display calibration range Note) When the display calibration function is used, the regulating pressure value may change ± digit. Key lock function This function prevents incorrect operations such as changing the set value accidentally. Press the SET button and hold for seconds or longer to display the current or setting. Press the UP or DOWN button to select the setting and set this function with the SET button. Use the mode to avoid accidental button operation. To release a key lock function, press the SET button and hold for seconds or longer to display the current setting, and select the mode. Measuring mode Press the SET button and hold for sec. or longer Lock Zero out (Zero ADJ) function This function clears and resets the displayed value as long as the measuring pressure is within ±7 digits of the atmospheric pressure. (Due to individual product differences, the setting range varies ±% F.S.) This function is effective in detecting pressure fluctuations that exceed a certain amount without being affected by the supply pressure. Press and hold the UP and DOWN buttons simultaneously to reset the display. Release the buttons to return to the measuring mode. Measuring mode + Press and hold for second or longer. Selection of lock and unlock Unlock SET Unit Conversion Function When not selecting "M" for unit specification Desired display unit can be selected. Press the UP or DOWN button to switch the unit, and the set value is automatically converted. The conversion order is: PA GF bar PSi inh mmh Press the SET button to set the unit and proceed to the display colour setting. For vacuum/low pressure Pa kgf/cm 2 bar psi inchhg mmhg For positive pressure MPa kgf/cm 2 bar psi Measuring mode Peak/Bottom hold function This function constantly detects and updates the maximum and minimum pressure values and allows to hold the display value. To use a peak hold function, press and hold the UP button for second or longer. The maximum pressure value is held and blinks repeatedly. Press and hold the UP button again for second or longer to release this function and return to the measuring mode. To use a bottom hold function, press the DOWN button for second or longer. The minimum pressure value is held and blinks repeatedly. Press and hold DOWN button again for second or longer to release this function and return to the measuring mode. Indication of units Displayed units Pa kgf/cm 2 bar psi mmhg inchhg ISE. MPa...2 ZSE.2 kpa

13 2-Colour Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE Description Error Correction Take the following corrective solutions when errors occur. Error description Overcurrent error Residual pressure error Applied pressure error System error LCD display Indication light (Green) Displays the switch operation status. UP button Use this button to change the mode or increase the ON/OFF set value. It also allows you to switch to the peak value display mode. SET button Use this button to switch the mode and set the set value. Condition current of switch output is more than 8 ma. Pressure is applied during the zero out operation as follows: When the switch for positive pressure is used: ±.7MPa or more. When the switch positive pressure is used: ±7. kpa or more. After displaying for seconds, it will return to the measuring mode. Due to the individual product difference, the setting range varies ±% F.S. Supply pressure exceeds the maximum regulating pressure. Supply pressure is below the minimum regulating pressure. Internal data error Internal data error Internal data error Internal data error Solution OUT Shut off the power supply. After eliminating the output factor that caused the excess current, turn the power supply back on. Bring the pressure back to atmospheric pressure and try using the zero out function. Reduce/Increase supply pressure to within the regulating pressure range. Shut off the power supply. Turn the power supply back on. If the power should not come back on, please contact SMC for an inspection. PRESSURE SET MPa LCD Display Displays the current pressure condition, setting mode conditions, selected display unit, and error codes. A display colour type can be selected from either a single colour display with red or green, or 2-colour display in which green and red are switched according to the output. DOWN button Internal Circuit and Wiring Examples -25 NPN open collector output Maximum V, 8 ma Residual voltage: V or less -26 Analogue output type to 5 V (±2.5% F.S.) Output impedance: kω -28 Analogue output type to 2 ma (±2.5% F.S.) Maximum load impedance: Power supply voltage 2 V: Ω Power supply voltage 2 V: 6 Ω Minimum load impedance: 5 Ω -65 PNP open collector Maximum 8 ma Use this button to change the mode or decrease the ON/OFF set value. It also allows you to switch to the bottom value display mode. Main circuit Main circuit Main circuit Main circuit Brown DC(+) Black OUT Blue DC( ) Brown DC(+) Black OUT (Analogue output) Blue DC( ) Brown DC(+) Black OUT (Analogue output) Blue DC( ) Brown DC(+) Black OUT Blue DC( ) + 2 to 2 VDC + 2 to 2 VDC + 2 to 2 VDC + 2 to 2 VDC PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 9

14 Series ZSE/ISE Dimensions 2 ±. 2-M Thread depth Lead wire with connector M5 PRESSURE MPa 2 ±. Width across flats 2 SMC OUT SET.5 : R /8 T: NPT /8 A A (mm) øb øb C One-touch fitting size ø, ø5/2" ø6 ø/" Straight A B..2 A Elbow B C Straight Elbow With one-touch fitting With bracket 25 2 SMC

15 2-Colour Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE Dimensions Panel mount R MADE IN JAPAN R Panel thickness.5 to 6 OUT.5 PRESSURE MPa SET PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Panel mount adapter + Front protective cover PSE PSE56 PSE PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE Panel thickness.5 to 6

16 Series ZSE/ISE Dimensions Panel fitting dimension -pc. mounting Multiple (2 pcs. or more) horizontal mounting PRESSURE MPa PRESSURE MPa PRESSURE MPa OUT OUT OUT SET SET SET. x n pcs. +.5 x (n pcs. ) 2 and up. MADE IN JAPAN MADE IN JAPAN MADE IN JAPAN Multiple (2 pcs. or more) vertical mounting. 2 and up PRESSURE MPa OUT OUT SET SET PRESSURE MPa PRESSURE MPa x n pcs. +.5 x (n pcs. ) MADE IN JAPAN MADE IN JAPAN OUT SET MADE IN JAPAN 2

17 Series ZSE/ISE Safety Instructions These safety instructions are intended to prevent a hazardous situation and/or equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard by a label of "Caution", "Warning", or "Danger". To ensure safety, be sure to observe ISO Note ), JIS B 87 Note 2) and other safety practices. Caution : Operator error could result in injury or equipment damage. Warning : Operator error could result in serious injury or loss of life. Danger : In extreme conditions, there is a possible result of serious injury or loss of life. Note ) ISO : Pneumatic fluid power -- General Rules for Pneumatic Equipment Note 2) JIS B 87: Pneumatic system axion PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Warning. The compatibility of pneumatic equipment is the responsibility of the person who designs the pneumatic system or decides its specifications. Since the products specified here are used in various operating conditions, their compatibility with the specific pneumatic system must be based on specifications or after analysis and/or tests to meet your specific requirements. The expected performance and safety assurance will be the responsibility of the person who has determined the compatibility of the system. This person should continuously review the suitability of all items specified, referring to the latest catalog information with a view to giving due consideration to any possibility of equipment failure when configuring a system. 2. Only trained personnel should operate pneumatically operated machinery and equipment. Compressed air can be dangerous if handled incorrectly. Assembly, handling or maintenance of pneumatic systems should be performed by trained and experienced operators.. Do not service machinery/equipment or attempt to remove components until safety is confirmed.. Inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed after confirmation of safe locked-out control positions. 2. When equipment is to be removed, confirm the safety process as mentioned above. Cut the supply pressure for this equipment and exhaust all residual compressed air in the system.. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent shooting-out of cylinder piston rod, etc. (Bleed air into the system gradually to create back pressure.). Contact SMC if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions:. Conditions and environments beyond the given specifications, or if product is used outdoors. 2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railway, air navigation, vehicles, medical equipment, food and beverages, recreation equipment, emergency stop circuits, press applications, or safety equipment.. An application which has the possibility of having negative effects on people, property, or animals, and therefore requires special safety analysis. PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

18 Series ZSE/ISE Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages through 2 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions, and to page for specific product precautions. Warning Design and Selection. Operate the switch only within the specified voltage. Use of the switch outside the range of the specified voltage can cause not only malfunction and damage of the switch but also electrocution and fire. 2. Do not exceed the maximum allowable load specification. A load exceeding the maximum load specification can cause damage to the switch or shorten its operating life span.. Do not use a load that generates surge voltage. Although surge protection is installed in the circuit at the output side of the switch, damage may still occur if a surge is applied repeatedly. When a surge generating load such as a relay or solenoid is directly driven, use a type of switch with a built-in surge absorbing element.. Since the type of applicable fluid varies depending on the product, be sure to verify the specifications. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. To prevent a possible fire hazard, do not use with flammable gases or fluids. 5. Operate the switch within the regulating pressure range and maximum operating pressure. Malfunction can occur if the pressure sensor is used outside the regulating pressure range, and the sensor may be permanently damaged if used at a pressure that is above the maximum operating pressure. Mounting Warning. If the equipment is not operating properly, do not continue to use it. Connect air and power after installation, repairs, or modifications, and verify proper installation. The switch should be checked for proper operation and possible leaks. 2. Mount switches using the proper tightening torque. When a switch is tightened beyond the specified tightening torque, the mounting screws, mounting bracket, or switch may be damaged. On the other hand, tightening below the specified tightening torque may cause the installation screws to come loose during operation. Warning Warning. Never use in the presence of explosive gases. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a Warning Wiring. Verify the colour and terminal number when wiring. Incorrect wiring can cause the switch to be damaged and malfunction. Verify the colour and the terminal number in the instruction manual when wiring. 2. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching the lead wire. Repeatedly applying bending stress or stretching force to the lead wire will cause it to break. If you believe the lead wire is damaged and likely to cause malfunctions, replace it.. Confirm proper insulation of wiring. Make sure that there is no faulty wiring insulation (contact with other circuits, ground fault, improper insulation between terminals, etc.). Damage may occur due to excess current flow into a switch. Operating Environment Maintenance. Perform periodic inspections to ensure proper operation of the switch. Unexpected malfunctions may cause possible danger. 2. Take precautions when using the switch for an interlock circuit. When a pressure switch is used for an interlock circuit, devise a multiple interlock system to prevent trouble or malfunctioning. Verify the operation of the switch and interlock function on a regular basis. Nominal thread sizes M5 R /8, NPT /8 Tightening torque /6 rotation after tightening by hand 7 to 9 N m. Apply wrench only to the metal part of the main housing when installing the pressure switch onto the system piping. Do not apply a wrench to the resin part as this may damage the switch.

19 Series ZSE/ISE Digital Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages through 2 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions, and to page for specific product precautions. Warning Selection. Monitor the internal voltage drop of the switch. When operating below a specified voltage, it is possible that the load may be ineffective even though the pressure switch function is normal. Therefore, the formula below should be satisfied after confirming the minimum operating voltage of the load. Supply voltage Internal voltage drop of switch > Caution. Data of the digital pressure switch will be stored even after the power is turned off. Input data (set pressure, etc.) will be stored in EEPROM so that the data will not be lost after the pressure switch is turned off. (Data will be stored for up to, hours after the power is turned off.) Warning Warning Mounting. Operation Refer to the instruction manual for the operation of the digital pressure switch. 2. Do not touch the LCD indicator. Do not touch the LCD indicator face of the pressure switch during operation. Static electricity can change the readout.. Pressure port Do not introduce any wire or similar object to a pressure port as this may damage the pressure sensor and cause a malfunction. Wiring Minimum operating voltage of load. Do not wire in conjunction with power lines or high voltage lines. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Control circuits including switches may malfunction due to noise from these other lines. 2. Do not allow loads to short circuit. Although digital pressure switches indicate excess current error if loads are short circuited, all incorrect wiring connections cannot be protected. Take precautions to avoid incorrect wiring. As for other pressure switches, the switches will be instantly damaged if loads are short circuited. Take special care to avoid reverse wiring between the brown power supply line and the black output line.. Connect a DC( ) wire (blue) as close as possible to the DC power supply GND terminal. Connecting the power supply away from the GND terminal can cause malfunctions due to noise from devices that are connected to the GND terminal.. Do not attempt to insert or pull the pressure sensor or its connector when the power is on. A switch output malfunction may occur. Air Supply Warning. Use the switch within the specified fluid and ambient temperature range. Ambient and fluid temperature operation is as follows: Digital pressure switches: to 5 C Other pressure switches: to 6 C Take measures to prevent moisture from freezing in circuits when below 5 C, since this may cause damage to the O-ring and lead to a malfunction. The installation of an air dryer is recommended for eliminating condensate and moisture. Never use the switch in an environment where there are drastic temperature changes even when these temperatures are operated within the specified temperature range. 2. Vacuum switch An instant pressure pulse of up to 5kPa (.5MPa) (at the time of vacuum release) will not affect the performance of the switch. However, a constant pressure of 2kPa (.2MPa) or more should be avoided. Warning Operating Environment. Do not use in an area where surges are generated. When there are units that generate a large amount of surge in the area around pressure switches (e.g., solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces, motors), this may cause deterioration or damage to the switches' internal circuitry. Avoid and protect against sources of surge generation and crossed lines. 2. Operating environment In general, the digital pressure switches featured here are not dust or splashproof. Avoid using in an environment where the likelihood of splashing or spraying of liquids (water, oil, etc.) exists. If used in such an environment, use a dustproof and splashproof type switch. Caution Maintenance. Cleaning of the switch body Wipe off dirt with a soft cloth. If dirt does not come off easily, use a neutral detergent diluted with water to dampen a soft cloth. Wipe the switch only after squeezing the excess water out of the dampened cloth. Then finish off by wiping with a dry cloth afterwards. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 5

20 Series ZSE/ISE Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages through 2 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions. Handling Warning. Do not drop, bump, or apply excessive impacts (98m/s2) while handling. Although the body of the sensor may not be damaged, the internal parts of the sensor could be damaged and lead to a malfunction. 2. The tensile strength of the cord is 5N. Applying a greater pulling force on it can cause a malfunction. When handling, hold the body of the sensor do not dangle it from the cord.. Do not exceed the screw-in torque of 7 to 9 N m when installing piping. Exceeding this value may cause malfunctioning of the sensor.. Do not use pressure sensors with corrosive and/or flammable gases or liquids. 5. Allow a sufficient margin of tube length in piping in order to prevent application of torsional, tensile or moment load to the tubes and fittings. 6. When a brand of tubing other than SMC is used, make sure that the tolerance of the tube's O.D. satisfies the following specifications. ) Nylon tubing: ±. mm or less 2) Soft nylon tubing: ±. mm or less ) Polyurethane tubing: +.5 mm or less,.2 mm or less 7. The applicable fluid is air. Please consult SMC if the switch is to be used with other types of fluids. Warning Connection. Incorrect wiring can damage the switch and cause a malfunction or erroneous switch output. Connections should be done while the power is turned off. 2. Do not attempt to insert or pull the pressure sensor or its connector when the power is on. A switch output malfunction may occur.. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Malfunctions may occur due to noise from these other lines.. If a commercial switching regulator is used, make sure that the F.G. terminal is grounded. Warning Operating Environment. Our pressure switches are CE marked; however, they are not equipped with surge protection against lightning. Lightning surge counter measures should be applied directly to system components as necessary. 2. Our pressure switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a serious explosion.. Do not use in an environment where static electricity can cause problems, otherwise system failure or malfunction may result. Caution 2. Mounting with bracket Mount a bracket to the body using two M x 5L mounting screws and install on piping with hexagon socket head cap screws. The switch can be installed horizontally depending on the installation location. Mounting. Mounting with panel mount adapter Panel mount adapter To release push the clips outward as shown on the picture, and pull back towards you. Panel Mounting screw M x 5L Bracket Panel mount adapter Claw Tightening torque for bracket mounting screw should be.5 to.7 N m. 6

21 Series ZSE/ISE Specific Product Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages through 2 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions. Connection/Removal of Connector To connect the connector, insert it straight while pinching the lever, and then push the lever into the jack of the housing and lock it. To remove the connector, pull it straight out while applying pressure with your thumb to the lever and unhooking it from the jack. Lever DC polarity indicator Lead wire (brown) Lead wire (black) Lead wire (blue) Do not attempt to insert or pull the pressure sensor or its connector when the power is on. A switch output malfunction may occur. Caution Cut the tube perpendicularly. Hold the tube and insert it into the One-touch fitting carefully and securely all the way to the bottom. One-touch fitting Regulating pressure range and rated pressure range Piping Set the pressure within the rated pressure range. The regulating pressure range is the range of pressure that is possible in setting. The rated pressure range is the range of pressure that satisfies the specifications (accuracy, linearity, etc.) on the sensor. Although it is possible to set a value outside the rated pressure range, the specifications will not be guaranteed even if the value stays within the regulating pressure range. Switch Pressure range - kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa Tube PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 For vacuum/ low pressure For positive pressure ZSE ISE kpa kpa kpa (. MPa) kpa kpa MPa MPa PSE2 Rated pressure range of switch Regulating pressure range of switch PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 7

22 8

23 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 9

24 Series ZSE/ISE High speed response: 2.5ms or less With anti-chattering function Stable switch output is possible even with sudden changes in the primary pressure (when operating large bore cylinders, etc.). Pressure Set value P P2 Momentary change Anti-chattering function Devices such as large bore cylinders and high-flow vacuum ejectors consume a large volume of air when they operate, and this may cause a momentary drop in the primary pressure. This function prevents such momentary pressure drops from being detected as abnormal pressures by allowing the response time selection to be changed. [Selectable response times: t] 2.5ms (normal), 2ms, 92ms or 768ms The normal setting is selected when shipped from the factory. (Operating principle) The pressure values measured within the user-selected response time are averaged, and switch output (ON/OFF) is determined by comparing this averaged pressure value with the set pressure. Switch output operation when normal ON OFF Switch output operation when ON anti-chattering OFF function is used t (ms) (Averaging) t (ms) (Averaging) Time Time Time With auto shift function Allows switch output unaffected by variations in primary pressure. Auto shift function Erroneous operation may occur if there is fluctuation in the primary pressure. The auto shift function compensates for pressure changes to ensure proper ON/OFF switch response during such fluctuations. (Operating principle) At the point when the primary pressure fluctuates, the set pressure value is compensated by setting the auto shift input (external input) to low (no-voltage) input, using the pressure measured at that point as a standard. Compound pressure (ZSEF) Able to detect suction pressure (vacuum pressure) and release pressure (positive pressure) with a single pressure switch. Without using auto shift When the primary pressure fluctuates, a correct determination becomes impossible. Pressure Set value P P2 Switch output, 2 When using auto shift Pressure ON OFF Set value P P2 Primary pressure normal Primary pressure normal Set value compensation Primary pressure drop Does not turn ON Primary pressure drop Set value compensation Primary pressure increase Time Does not turn OFF Primary pressure increase Time Time Switch output, 2 ON OFF 5ms or more ms or less Time [ ] Switch output response time when auto shift is input. types of piping Different piping methods are possible to accommodate the installation location. Auto shift input Hi Lo Repeatability ±.2% F.S. ±digit or less Time IP65 compatible Dust-tight/Splash proof type 2

25 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE Specifications Rated pressure range Operating pressure range/set pressure range Withstand pressure Set pressure resolution (Note ) Applicable fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Switch output Repeatability Hysteresis mode Hysteresis Window comparator mode Response time (with anti-chattering function) Output short circuit protection Display Display accuracy Operation indicator light (Note 2) Analog output Auto shift input (Note ) Environmental resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Temperature characteristics Port size Lead wires Weight kpa MPa kgf/cm² bar psi mmhg InHg Enclosure Ambient temperature range Ambient humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance ZSEF (Compound pressure). to.kpa. to.kpa 5kPa ZSE (Vacuum pressure). to.kpa. to.kpa Air, Non-corrosive/Non-flammable gas 2 to 2VDC ±%, Ripple (p p) % or less 55mA or less NPN or PNP 2 outputs Max. load current : 8mA Max. applied voltage : VDC (with NPN output) Residual voltage : V or less (with 8mA load current) ±.2% F.S. ±digit or less Variable Fixed ( digits) Note) 2.5ms or less (with anti-chattering function: 2ms, 92ms and 768ms selections) Yes /2 digit LED display (sampling cycle: 5 times/sec.) ±2% F.S. ± digit or less (at ambient temperature of 25 ± C) Green LED (OUT: Lights when ON), Red LED (OUT2: Lights when ON) Output voltage: to 5V ±5% F.S. or less (in rated pressure range) Linearity: ±% F.S. or less Output impedance: Approx. kω No-voltage input (reed or solid state), input 5ms or more IP65 ISE (Positive pressure). to.mpa. to.mpa.5mpa.... Output voltage: to 5V ±2.5% F.S. or less (in rated pressure range) Linearity: ±% F.S. or less Output impedance: Approx. kω Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (with no condensation or freezing) Operating/Stored: 5 to 85% RH (with no condensation) VAC for min. between lead wires and body 5MΩ or more (at 5VDC) between lead wires and body to 5Hz at the smaller of amplitude.5mm or acceleration 98m/s² (G) in X, Y, Z directions for 2hrs. each (deenergized) 98m/s² (G) in X, Y, Z directions times each (deenergized) In a temperature range of to 5 C, ±2% F.S. or less of pressure measured at 25 C Note ) Equipped with unit switching function (Types without the unit switching function use SI units (kpa or MPa) only.) 22 Note 2) For ZSE (F)/ISE-- 62 Note ) For ZSE (F)/ISE-- 7 Note ) For ZSEF (compound pressure) with "psi" indication, this is. to. psi. Note 5) For ZSEF (compound pressure) with "psi" indication, zero clear is in the range of ±. psi. Internal circuits and wiring examples ZSE (F) ISE--22 (L)-(M) With analog output ZSE (F) ISE-- (L)-(M) With auto shift input Main circuit Main circuit kω.2kω 6.8kΩ : R/8, M5 x.8, T: NPT/8, M5 x.8, W: Rc/8 C: With One-to uch fitting, C6: With ø6 One-touch fitting, M5: M5 female threads 5 wire oil resistant heavy duty cord (.5mm²) /T types approx. 6g, W type approx. 8g, C/C6/M5 types approx. 92g (each including.6m lead wires) DC (+) (Brown) Analog output (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) 2 to 2VDC 2 to 2VDC Note: When equipped with auto shift function, the following ranges can be set. Set pressure range. to.kpa. to.kpa. to.mpa ZSE (F) ISE--62 (L)-(M) With analog output ZSE (F) ISE--7 (L)-(M) With auto shift input Main circuit Main circuit kω.2kω 6.8kΩ Setting range. to.kpa. to.kpa. to.mpa DC (+) (Brown) Analog output (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) 2 to 2VDC 2 to 2VDC PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 2

26 Series ZSE/ISE How to Order Nil Set pressure range. to.mpa For positive pressure For Positive Pressure For Vacuum/Compound Pressure ISE ZSE Nil F. to.kpa. to.kpa Set pressure range For vacuum pressure For compound pressure Option Nil None Bracket A (ZS-2-A) A Piping specifications : R/8 (with M5 female threads) T: NPT/8 (with M5 female threads) W: Rc/8 Bracket B (ZS-2-B) R/8, NPT/8 Reverse pressure two directions Rc/8 B M5 x.8 female threads Rc/8 Panel mount (ZS-22-A) C: With ø One-touch fitting C6: With ø6 One-touch fitting M5: M5 x.8 (female threads) E Wall mount Wall mount Panel mount (ZS-2-C) + Front protective cover ø, ø6 One-touch fitting M5 x.8 F Optional When optional parts only are required, order with the part numbers inside ( ) Optional Input/Output specifications NPN open collector 2 outputs + analog output NPN open collector 2 outputs + auto shift input PNP open collector 2 outputs + analog output PNP open collector 2 outputs + auto shift input Note When equipped with auto shift function, the following ranges can be set. Set pressure range. to.kpa. to.kpa. to.mpa Setting range. to.kpa. to.kpa. to.mpa Unit specifications Nil M Lead wire length Nil.6m L m With unit switching function Note) SI units only Note 2) Note ) This will no longer be sold for use in Japan after the new Weight and Measure Act is implemented (October,999). Note 2) Fixed units For vacuum/compound pressure : kpa For positive pressure : MPa 22

27 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE Dimensions ZSE(F)/ISE T M5 x.8 thread depth M x.5 thread depth For splash proof use (IP65), insert an air tube into the atmospheric release port. (Refer to Specific Product Precautions on the back cover for details.) Width across flats 2 6. ø : R /8 T: NPT /8 6 () Lead wire length OUT 7.8 SET MPa OUT Atmospheric release port PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 ZSE(F)/ISE W PSE PSE M x.7 thread depth R 6.5 For splash proof use (IP65), insert an air tube into the atmospheric release port. (Refer to Specific Product Precautions on the back cover for details.) 2 Rc / ø () Lead wire length OUT 2 SET MPa OUT2 Rc/8.7 Atmospheric release port 2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 2

28 Series ZSE/ISE Dimensions ZSE(F)/ISE C C6 M5 For M M5 x.8 thread depth MPa OUT SET OUT One-touch fitting ø, ø ø.5 6 () Lead wire length Atmospheric release port For splash proof use (IP65), insert an air tube into the atmospheric release port. (Refer to Specific Product Precautions for details.) Caution Specific Product Precautions. Immediately after supplying power, there is drift of about ±.5% F.S. When used with very low pressure, allow the unit to warm up for about 2 to minutes. 2. Do not use in locations where there is splashing or spraying of oils and solvents.. When using a commercially available switching regulator, be sure to ground the FG terminal.. In locations where the switch is exposed to water and dust, etc., these may enter the switch from the atmospheric release port. Insert ø tubing (inside diameter ø2.5) into the atmospheric release port, and extend the other end to a safe area where water, etc., is not splashed or sprayed. Be sure that tubing is not bent and holes are not blocked, etc., or it will become impossible to make correct pressure measurements. OUT SET MPa OUT2 Atmospheric release port Air tube Recommended tubing (SMC) TU25 (polyurethane) 2

29 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE5/6 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 25

30 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Pressure detection for a wide range of fluids. Hydraulic fluid (JIS-K22) Silicon oil ( JIS-K22) Lubricating oil (JIS-K6) Fluoro carbon To confirm absorption of work piece with water on the surface, e.g. wet LCD glass plate To measure hydraulic pressure Argon Air containing drain Ammonia Freon Carbon dioxide Nitrogen To measure low-quality air, containing drain Leakage test with nitrogen Using of stainless steel diaphragm The stainless steel diaphragm prevents direct contact between sensor and measured fluid. Liquid and gas contact areas SUS6 Fittings SUS Extremely low leakage Sensor and fittings are electron-beam welded. Leakage is kept at the lowest level by using VCR and Swagelock fittings. ZSE5F / ISE5 x -5 Pa m /s ZSE6F / ISE6 x - Pa m /s Pressure sensor Fitting Stainless steel diaphragm Enclosure IP65 Panel mount With bracket Option Panel mount + Front side protection cover Application examples To confirm adsorption of work pieces containing water To confirm primary pressure of cleaning line To confirm working pressure of hydraulic cylinder 26 26

31 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 High precision and high resolution Compound pressure Positive pressure Repeatability.2%F.S. digit or less Variety of functions Anti-chattering function Prevents erroneous operation due to sudden fluctuations in primary pressure, by allowing the response time to be changed. Selectable response times: 2.5ms (default), 2ms, 92ms, 768ms or less Auto shift function Pressure detection is not affected by fluctuations in primary pressure. /2 (.kpa) / (.MPa) Auto preset function Automatic pressure setting is possible. Saves time for setting operation. Key lock function Peak and bottom display function Zero out function PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Series ZSE6F/ISE6 Special fitting types are used in semiconductor production equipment (metal gasket seal fittings) Leak rate: x - Pa. m /s Confirmation of atmospheric pressure of load lock PSE55 PSE56 ZSE/ ISE6(F)-A2 ZSE/ ISE6(F)-B2 URJ / TSJ / PSE2 Variations Model Port size Rated pressure range Output Leak rate Switch output Analog output kpa -kpa ZSE5F ISE5 ZSE6F ISE6 Standard thread type x -5 Pa. m / s MPa 2 outputs NPN or PNP Special fittings for the semiconductor industry (metal gasket seal fittings) R / NPT / G / (with M5 male thread) URJ / TSJ / kpa -kpa Output voltage to 5V x - Pa m /s MPa PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 27

32 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 For General Fluids High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE5F/ISE5 How to Order For positive pressure ISE L M For compound pressure ZSE5 F 2 22 L M 2 T2 G2 Piping specifications R / (M5 with female screw), Piping in backward direction NPT / (M5 with female screw), Piping in backward direction G / (M5 with female screw), Piping in backward direction Option Nil None Bracket A A Input/ output specifications NPN open collector 2 output + Analogue output NPN open collector 2 output + Auto shift input PNP open collector 2 output + Analogue output PNP open collector 2 output + Auto shift input Note) Auto shift input is used for the auto shift function. For more information, please refer to Auto Shift Function on page 5. D Bracket D Refer to the dimensions for the difference between brackets A and D, on page 8. Panel mount Lead wire length L m E Analogue output Panel mount + Front protection cover Suitable model: ZSE5F/ISE5--22/62(L)-(M) Series ISE5 Analog output value (V) 5 Option Pressure.MPa Series ZSE5F Analog output value (V) kpa Pressure 5 kpa When option parts are required separately, use the following part numbers to place an order. Option Part no. Qty. Note Bracket A ZS2A With 2 pcs. of mounting screws Bracket D ZS2D With 2 pcs. of mounting screws Panel mount ZS2E Panel mount + Front protection cover ZS2F F Unit specification Nil M With unit switching function Note 2) Fixed SI unit Note ) Note ) Under the New Measurement Law, which has been in effect since October, 999, sales of switches with the unit conversion function have not been allowed for use in Japan. Note 2) Fixed units: For compound pressure : KPa For positive pressure : MPa 28

33 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Specifications Rated pressure range Operating pressure range and regulating pressure range Proof pressure kpa MPa Note ) Setting/Display resolution Fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Switch output Repeatability kgf/cm 2 bar psi mmhg inhg Hysteresis mode Hysteresis Window comparator mode Response time Output short circuit protection Display Display accuracy Indication light Analog output Note 2) Note ) Auto shift input Environmental resistance Enclosure Ambient temperature range Ambient humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Shock resistance Temperature characteristics Fluid contact material Port size Lead wire Weight Note ) In case of types with unit conversion function. (Types without unit conversion function are fixed to the SI units (KPa or MPa).) Note 2) When a type with analogue output is selected. Note ) When a type with auto shift is selected. Note ). to. psi in psi display. Note 5) Value clear.psi in psi display. Function ZSE5F (Compound pressure) to kpa to kpa 5kPa Fluid that will not corrode stainless steel SUS 6 and 2 to 2VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less 55mA or less (With no load) NPN or PNP 2 output (Max. applied voltage V (NPN), Max. load current 8mA).2% F.S. digit or less.% F.S. digit or less Variable ( or above) Fix ( digits) Note ) 2.5ms or less (with chattering prevention function: 2ms, 92ms, 768ms or less) With short circuit protection /2 digit LED display (Sampling frequency: 5 times/sec) 2% F.S. digit or less (With ambient temperature of 25 C) Green LED (OUT: Light up when ON), Red LED (OUT2: Lights up when ON) Output voltage: to 5V 5% F.S. or less Output voltage: to 5V 2.5% F.S. or less No-voltage input (solid state switch or reed switch), input 5ms or more IP65 Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (With no condensation or freezing) Operating and stored: 5 to 85% RH (With no condensation) 25VAC for min, between all lead wires and enclosure 2MΩ or more (at 5VDC) between all lead wires and enclosure to 5Hz with.5mm amplitude or 98m/s 2, whichever is smaller 98m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each (Not energized) %F.S. or less of measured pressure at 25 C in temperature range of to 5 C Pressure receiving area: Stainless steel SUS 6, Fittings: Stainless steel SUS 2: R /, M5 T2: NPT /, M5 G2: G/, M5 5 wire oil proof heavy duty cable (.5mm 2 ) Approx. 2g (Each including m lead wire) Note The possible set ranges for types with auto shift function are as follows: Regulating pressure range. to.kpa. to.mpa ISE5 (Positive pressure). to.mpa. to.mpa.5mpa.... Possible set range. to.kpa. to.mpa Various additional functions are available for easy measurement, switch operation and check of measured values suitable for the conditions of the measured fluid. Note ) Auto shift function Anti-chattering function Key lock function Peak hold function Bottom hold function Zero out function Unit conversion (for overseas use) Note ) Note ) Select and order by specifying the types and models. Can correct the pressure set point value of switch output according to fluctuations in the primary pressure. Prevents malfunction due to sudden fluctuations in the primary pressure by adjusting the response time. The keys can be locked to prevent incorrect operation. Can retain the maximum pressure value displayed during measurement. Can retain the minimum pressure value displayed during measurement. The pressure display can be set at zero when the pressure is open to the atmosphere. Can convert the display value. Page 5 Page 6 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 29

34 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Output Method [P] YES ON OFF P_2 P_ Large pressure and vacuum pressure H H Hysteresis mode H (Fix hysteresis) = digits OUT Output mode NO ON OFF P_ P_2 Large pressure and vacuum pressure Window comparator mode Same with OUT2. [n] YES NO ON OFF H ON OFF n_ n_2 n_ Large pressure and vacuum pressure H n_2 Large pressure and vacuum pressure Hysteresis mode H (Fix hysteresis) = digits Window comparator mode

35 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Example of Internal Circuit and Wiring 5 5 ZSE 6 F/ISE (L)-(M) 5 5 ZSE 6 F/ISE 6 --(L)-(M) With analog output With auto shift input Main circuit kω DC (+) (Brown) Analog output (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT 2 (White) DC () (Blue) 2VDC to 2VDC 5 5 ZSE 6 F/ISE (L)-(M) 5 5 ZSE 6 F/ISE 6 --7(L)-(M) With analog output With auto shift input Main circuit kω DC (+) (Brown) Analog output (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT 2 (White) DC () (Blue) 2VDC to 2VDC 2VDC to 2VDC 2VDC to 2VDC PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE2 Main circuit Main circuit.2kω 6.8KΩ.2KΩ 6.8KΩ DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT 2 (White) DC () (Blue) DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Gray) OUT (Black) OUT 2 (White) DC () (Blue)

36 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Auto Shift Function This function uses the measured pressure at the time of auto shift input as the reference pressure value and corrects the set point values "P_" and "P_2" of switch output and "P_" and "P_" of switch output 2. "P_" to "P_" correspond to "n_" to "n_" in case of normally closed circuit. When auto shift is not used: Fluctuations in the primary pressure interrupt correct judgment. Pressure Time Auto shift function conditions and explanation Keep the pressure constant at least for 5 ms after the last transition signal of auto shift input. At the time of auto shift input, the display unit displays "ooo" for about second. The pressure value at this time is saved as the correction value "C_5". The set point values "P_" to "P_" or "n_" to "n_" are corrected based on the saved correction values. The time between the auto shift input and start of switch output is ms or less. If the set point value corrected by auto shift input falls out of the possible set range, the correction value is not saved. The display will show "UUU" if the set point value is above the upper limit and "LLL" if it is below the lower limit. The correction value "C_5" set by auto shift input disappears when the power is turned off. The correction value "C_5" for the auto shift function is reset to zero (the initial value) when the power is turned on again. When auto shift is used: When the primary pressure changes, set the auto shift function to Lo. The pressure value at this point will be saved as the reference value to correct the pressure set point values in order to make The correction value is not stored on the EEPROM. The possible set range for types with auto shift function is as follows: correct judgments. Regulating pressure range The possible set range for types with auto shift function Normal primary pressure Drop of primary pressure Increase of primary pressure. to.kpa. to.kpa. to.mpa. to.mpa P P2 ON Switch output, 2 OFF Auto shift input P P2 Switch output, 2 ON OFF Pressure Hi Lo Normal primary pressure Drop of primary pressure Increase of primary pressure 5ms or more ms or less Time [ ] Switch output response time when auto shift inputs. Anti-chattering Function A large bore cylinder or ejector consumes a large amount of air in operation and may cause a temporary drop in the primary pressure. This function prevents detection of such temporary drops in primary pressure as abnormal pressure. <Principle> This function averages pressure values measured during the response time set by the user and then compares the average pressure value with the pressure set point value to output the result on the switch. Pressure P Set point value P2 Temporary fluctuation t (ms) t (ms) Time <Averaging process> <Averaging process> Switch output ON operation in OFF normal conditions Switch output operation when ON chattering prevention function is on OFF Time Time 2

37 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Description Take the following measures when an error occurs. Error description Over current error Residual pressure error Applied pressure error Auto shift error OUT OUT 2 LCD display Condition Solution current of switch output is more than 8mA. Pressure is applied during the zero out operation as follows:.7mpa or more with ISE5/6 7.kPa or more with ZSE5F/6F After displaying for seconds, it will return to the measuring mode. Supply pressure exceeds the maximum regulating pressure. Supply pressure is below the minimum regulating pressure. The value is above the upper limit of the set pressure After displaying this message for about seconds, the switch returns to the measurement mode. The value is below the upper limit of the set pressure After displaying this message for about seconds, the switch returns to the measurement mode. Internal data error Shut off the power supply. After eliminating the output factor that caused the over current, turn the power supply back on. Bring the pressure back to atmospheric pressure and try using the zero out function. Reduce/Increase supply pressure to within the regulating pressure range. Set the pressure again so that the sum of the applied pressure and pressure set point value at the time of auto shift input will not fall out of the set pressure range. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE System error Internal data error Internal data error Shut off the power supply. Turn the power supply back on. If the switch does not come back to a normal operation, please contact SMC for an inspection. PSE55 Internal data error PSE56 The upper limits and lower limits are shown in the table below. Compound pressure Positive pressure Regulating pressure range. to.kpa. to.mpa Lower limit.kpa.mpa Upper limit.kpa.mpa With auto shift function Regulating pressure range Lower limit Upper limit Compound pressure. to.kpa.kpa.kpa Positive pressure. to.mpa.mpa.mpa PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

38 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Dimensions ZSE5F/ISE5-2 T2 G xM depth 2. (In case of NPT 2.9) Piping port M5 depth Piping port R, NPT / ø ø.5 ø22 Piping port G / Piping port G

39 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Dimensions Bracket A 5 Bracket D 5.5 ø.5 2 View A A 2 A Bracket A ZS-2-A PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE 2 5 PSE PSE PSE2 Panel mount Front protection cover View A or more Cutting dimensions for panel mounting or more Bracket D ZS-2-D PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE Applicable panel thickness is to.2mm. 5

40 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 For General Fluids High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE6F/ISE6 How to Order For positive pressure ISE6 A2 22 L M For compound pressure ZSE6 F A2 22 L M A2 B2 Piping specifications URJ /, Piping in the backward direction TSJ /, Piping in the backward direction URJ / and TSJ / are special fittings for semiconductor manufacturing equipment. Option Nil None Bracket A A Input/output specifications 22 NPN open collector 2 output + Analogue output NPN open collector 2 output + Auto shift input 62 PNP open collector 2 output + Analogue output 7 PNP open collector 2 output + Auto shift input Note) Auto shift input is used for the auto shift function. For more information, please refer to Auto Shift Function on page 5. Lead wire length L m D E Bracket D Refer to the dimensions for the difference between brackets A and D,on page 2. Panel mount Analogue output Panel mount + Front protection cover Suitable mode: ZSE6F/ISE6--22/62(L)-(M) Series ISE6 Analog output value (V) 5 Option Pressure.MPa Series ZSE6F Analog output value (V) kpa Pressure 5 kpa When option parts are required separately, use the following part numbers to place an order. Option Part no. Qty. Note Bracket A ZS2A With 2 pcs. of mounting screws Bracket D ZS2D With 2 pcs. of mounting screws Panel mount ZS2E Panel mount + Front protection cover ZS2F F Unit specification Nil M With unit switching function Note 2) Fixed SI unit Note ) Note) Under the New Measurement Law, which has been in effect since October, 999, sales of switches with the unit conversion function have not been allowed for use in Japan. Note 2) Fixed units: For compound pressure : KPa For positive pressure : MPa 6

41 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Specifications Rated pressure range Operating pressure range and regulating pressure range Proof pressure Note ) Setting/Display resolution kpa MPa kgf/cm 2 bar psi mmhg inhg Fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Switch output Repeatability Hysteresis mode Hysteresis Window comparator mode Response time Output short circuit protection Display Display accuracy Indication light Analog output Note 2) Note ) Auto shift input Environment resistance Enclosure Ambient temperature range Ambient humidity range With stand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Shock resistance Temperature characteristics Fluid contact material Port size Lead wire Weight Function ZSE6F (Compound pressure) to kpa to kpa 5kPa. Note ) In case of types with unit conversion function. (Types without unit conversion function are fixed to the SI units (KPa or MPa).) Note 2) When a type with analogue output is selected. Note ) When a type with auto shift is selected. Note ). to. psi in psi display. Note 5) Value clear.psi in psi display. ISE6 (Positive pressure). to.mpa. to.mpa.5mpa Fluid that will not corrode stainless steel SUS 6 and 2 to 2VDC, Ripple (p-p) %or less 55mA or less (With no load) NPN or PNP 2 output (Max. applied voltage V (NPN), Max. load current 8mA).2% F.S. digit or less.% F.S. digit or less Variable ( or above) Fix ( digits) Note ) 2.5ms or less (With chattering prevention function: 2ms, 92ms, 768ms or less) With short circuit protection /2 digit LED display (Sampling frequency: 5 times / sec) 2% F.S. digit or less (Ambient temperature of 25 C) Green LED (OUT: Light up when ON), Red LED (OUT2: Light up when ON) Output voltage: to 5V 5% F.S. or less Output voltage: to 5V 2.5% F.S. or less No-voltage input (solid state switch or reed switch), 5ms or longer input IP65 Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (With no condensation or freezing) Operating and stored: 5 to 85% RH (With no) 25VAC for min, between all lead wires and enclosure 2MΩ or more (at 5VDC) between all lead wires and enclosure to 5Hz with.5mm amplitude or 98m/s 2, whichever is smaller 98m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each (Not energized) %F.S. or less of measured pressure at 25 C in temperature range of to 5 C Pressure receiving area: Stainless steel SUS 6, Fittings: Stainless steel SUS A2: URJ / B2: TSJ / 5 wire oil proof heavy duty cable (.5mm 2 ) Approx. 2g (Each including m lead wire) Note The possible set ranges for types with auto shift function are as follows: Regulating pressure range Possible set range. to.kpa. to.kpa. to.mpa. to.mpa Various additional functions are available for easy measurement, switch operation and check of measured values suitable for the conditions of the measured fluid. Note ) Auto shift function Anti-chattering function Key lock function Peak hold function Bottom hold function Zero out function Unit conversion function (For overseas use) Note ) Note ) Select and order by specifying the types and models. Can correct the pressure set point value of switch output according to fluctuation in the primary pressure. Prevents malfunction due to sudden fluctuations in the primary pressure by adjusting the response time. The key can be locked to prevent incorrect operation. Can retain the maximum pressure value displayed during measurement. Can retain the minimum pressure value displayed during measurement. The pressure display can be set at zero when the pressure is open to the atmosphere. Can convert the display value (For overseas use only). Page 5 Page 6 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 7

42 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Dimensions ZSE6F/ISE6- A2 B xM depth Piping port URJ / ø Piping port TSJ / Piping port TSJ The following items are identical with those of series ZSE5F/ISE5. Item Output type Example of internal circuit and wiring Auto shift function, Chattering prevention function Measures to be taken when error occurs Reference page 5 6 8

43 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Dimensions Bracket A Bracket D ø.5 2 View A PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE A 2 A Bracket A ZS-2-A Bracket D PSE2 Panel mount View A Front protection cover Piping port URJ / or more Cutting dimensions for panel mounting ZS-2-D or more PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE The thickness of the panel is to.2mm. 9

44 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Description (Common to ZSE5F/ISE5 and ZSE6F/ISE6) / 2 digit LED Displays current pressure Displays current mode Displays error mode LED (Green) Displays OUT switch output status Lights up when ON UP button Use this button to change the mode or set value. OUT SET kpa OUT2 LED (Red) Displays OUT 2 switch output status Light up when ON Down button Use this button to change the mode or set value. Set button Use this button to change the mode or set value. Setting (Common to ZSE5F/ISE5 and ZSE6F/ISE6) Calibration procedure Manual calibration Initial setting Enter the set value on the pressure to perform switch output. P. Value clear Normal operation Set "Output mode", "Response time" and "Auto/ Manual mode." Adjust the zero point of atmospheric pressure. Auto preset P. P.6 Detects and displays pressure and operates switch. The pressure set point is calibrated automatically at the time of adsorption or primary pressure confirmation. P.5 Unit conversion Manual fine adjustment Key lock Peak hold Bottom hold Display unit can be changed. The data set by auto preset function is fine tuned. Prevents incorrect operation such as overwriting set point value by mistake. Can retain the maximum pressur displayed during measurement. Can retain the minimum pressure displayed during measurement.

45 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Setting (Common to ZSE5F/ISE5 and ZSE6F/ISE6) Initial setting. Initial setting mode 2. OUT output mode selection. OUT2 output mode selection Press the SET button at least 2 seconds. Release it when the display turns to "no" Unit In case of types with specifications: unit conversion function, refer to "Unit setting (for overseas use)" on P.6. Select the "output mode" of OUT with or button. "no" : Normally open mode, "nc" : Normally closed mode SET Press the SET button. Select the "output mode" of OUT2 with or button. "2no" : Normally open mode, "2nC" : Normally closed mode. Response time selection 5. Auto / Manual setting SET SET SET Press the SET button. Press the SET button. Press the SET button to complete calibration. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Set the response time with or button. (Select from "2.5: 2.5ms," "2: 2.ms," "92: 92 ms," and "768: 768ms. ") Select the auto preset mode or manual calibration mode with the or F button. "RU _ " : Auto preset mode, "nrn" : Manual calibration mode. PSE55 Manual pressure setting Please refer to "Chattering prevention function" on page 5. The output method is determined by the pressure set point value. PSE56. Manual setting mode 2. OUT () output set point value input. OUT (2) output set point value input PSE2 Select the manual setting mode as the initial setting mode. Press the SET button and hold it unit "P_" or "n_" appears on the display.. OUT2 () output set point value input 5. OUT2 (2) output set point value input SET Press the SET button. button : Increases the set point value. button : Decrease the set point value. "P_" or "n_" and the set point value light up alternately. SET SET SET Press the SET button. button: Increases the set point value. button: Decrease the set point value. "P_" or "n_" and the set point value light up alternately. Press the SET button. button: Increases the set point value. button: Decrease the set point value. "P_" or "n_" and the set point value light up alternately. Press the SET button. button : Increases the set point value. button : Decrease the set point value. "P_2" or "n_2" and the set point value light up alternately. 6. Auto shift input display SET Press the SET button to complete calibration. "C_5" and the correction value light up alternately. In case there has been no auto shift input, zero is displayed. Auto shift input is displayed only if auto shift is supported by the I/O specifications (-/-7). It is not displayed in case of types with analog output (-22/-62). PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

46 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Setting (Common to ZSE5F/ISE5 and ZSE6F/ISE6) Auto preset (Example: Adsorption Confirmation). Auto preset mode 2. Preparation of auto preset. OUT auto preset SET Press the SET button. Select auto preset mode as the initial setting mode. Press the SET button and hold it until "RP" appears on the display. Prepare the equipment to be set while "RP" is displayed. If OUT setting is not required, press the and buttons simultaneously to skip to "RP2". Repeat vacuum and break several times while "AIL" is displayed. The optimum set point value is determined automatically.. Preparation of auto preset 5. OUT2 auto preset SET SET SET Press the SET button. Press the SET button. Press the SET button to complete calibration. Change the vacuum nozzle or other conditions of the work piece and supply vacuum pressure. If OUT2 setting is not required, press the and buttons simultaneously to skip to the measurement mode. Repeat vacuum and break several times while "AIL" is displayed. The optimum set point value is determined automatically. High Vacuum Max.A Work Suction Work 2 Work n ON point OFF point Min.B Atmosphere Work Not adsorption Work 2 Max.A: Maximum pressure value when work piece is vacuumed. Min.B : Maximum pressure value when work piece is not vacuumed. Work n ON point = A - OFF point = B + A - B A - B 2

47 High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Setting (Common to ZSE5F/ISE5 and ZSE6F/ISE6) Key lock function Can prevent incorrect operation of operation buttons on the switch front. Key lock start Press the SET button at least 2 seconds. Release it when the display turns to "UnL". Peak/Bottom hold function Peak hold SET Press the SET button to complete calibration. Change the display to "LoC" with the or button. Key lock cancel Press the SET button at least seconds. Release it when the display turns to "LoC". Can retain the maximum pressure value displayed (peak value) and minimum pressure value displayed (bottom value) during measurement. Bottom hold SET Press the SET button to complete calibration. Change the display to "UnL" with the or button. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Press the button at least for second during pressure display to enter the bottom display mode. The displayed value will blink. To return, press the button again at least for second. Note) There is no apparent difference between peak display and bottom display. Press the button at least for second during pressure display to enter the bottom display mode. The displayed value will blink. To return, press the button again at least for second. Note) There is no apparent difference between peak display and bottom display. PSE2 PSE55 PSE56 Zero out The displayed value can be calibrated at zero if the measured pressure is in the range of 7 increments of atmospheric pressure. Let the supply pressure open to the atmosphere. Hold both and buttons simultaneously to reset the display value to zero. After resetting, the operation returns to the measurement mode. Unit setting (for overseas use) 5 5 Only for ZSE F/ISE --(L) Unit selection 6 Set the unit with the or button. : kpa or MPa : kgf/cm 2 : bar : psi : inhg Note ) : mmhg Note ) 6 SET Press the SET button. Note) Calibration is available with series ZSE5 and ZSE6. OUT output mode selection PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE Goes to 2. OUT output mode selection in Initial Setup on page.

48 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 5 Series ZSE 6F/ISE 5 6 Safety Instructions These safety instructions are intended to prevent a hazardous situation and/or equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard by a label of "Caution", "Warning" or "Danger". To ensure safety, be sure to observe ISO Note ), JIS B 87 Note 2) and other safety practices. Caution : Operator error could result in injury or equipment damage. Warning : Operator error could result in serious injury or loss of life. Danger : In extreme conditions, there is a possible result of serious injury or loss of life. Note ) ISO : Pneumatic fluid power -- Recommendations for the application of equipment to transmission and control systems Note 2) JIS B 87: General Rules for Pneumatic Equipment Warning. The compatibility of pneumatic equipment is the responsibility of the person who designs the pneumatic system or decides its specifications. Since the products specified here are used in various operating conditions, their compatibility for the specific pneumatic system must be based on specifications or after analysis and/or tests to meet your specific requirements. 2. Only trained personnel should operate pneumatically operated machinery and equipment. Compressed air can be dangerous if handled incorrectly. Assembly, handling or repair of pneumatic systems should be performed by trained and experienced operators.. Do not service machinery/equipment or attempt to remove components until safety is confirmed.. Inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed after confirmation of safe locked-out control positions. 2. When equipment is to be removed, confirm the safety process as mentioned above. Cut the supply pressure for this equipment and exhaust all residual compressed air in the system.. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent shooting-out of cylinder piston rod, etc. (Bleed air into the system gradually to create back pressure.). Contact SMC if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions:. Conditions and environments beyond the given specifications, or if product is used outdoors. 2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railway, air navigation, vehicles, medical equipment, food and beverages, recreation equipment, emergency stop circuits, press applications, or safety equipment.. An application which has the possibility of having negative effects on people, property, or animals, and therefore requires special safety analysis.

49 5 5 Series High ZSE Precision 6F/ISE Digital Pressure 6 Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages 7 through 9 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions, and to page 2 for specific product precautions. Warning Design and Selection. Operate the switch only within the specified voltage. Use of the switch outside the range of the specified voltage can cause not only malfunction and damage to the switch but also electric shocks and fire. 2. Do not exceed the maximum allowable load specification. A load exceeding the maximum load specification can cause damage to the switch or shorten its operating life.. Do not use a load that generates surge voltage. Although surge protection is installed in the circuit at the output side of the switch, damage may still occur if a surge is applied repeatedly. When a surge generating load such as a relay or solenoid is directly driven, use a type of switch with a built-in surge absorbing element.. The fluid compatibility varies among products. Be sure to confirm the specifications. The switch does not have an explosion proof rating. To prevent a possible fire hazard, do not use with flammable gases or fluids. 5. Operate the switch within the regulating pressure range and maximum operating pressure. Malfunction can occur if the pressure sensor is used outside the regulating pressure range, and the sensor may be permanently damaged if used at a pressure that is above the maximum operating pressure. Warning Mounting. If the equipment is not operating properly, do not continue to use it. Connect air and power after installation, repairs, or modifications, and verify proper installation. The switch should be checked for proper operation and possible leaks. 2. Mount switches using the proper tightening torque. When a switch is tightened beyond the specified tightening torque, the mounting screws, mounting bracket, or switch may be damaged. On the other hand, tightening below the specified tightening torque may cause the installation screws to come loose during operation. Nominal thread size M5 R /, NPT /, G /, URJ /, TSJ / Proper tightening torque N. m /6 rotation after tightening by hand.6n. m. Apply wrench only to the metal part of the main housing when installing the pressure switch onto the system piping. Do not apply a wrench to the resin part as this may damage the switch. Warning Wiring. Confirm the colours and terminal numbers of cords when wiring. Incorrect wiring can cause the switch to be damaged and malfunction. Verify the colours and terminal number in the instruction manual when wiring. 2. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching lead wires. Repeatedly applying bending stress or stretching force to the lead wire will cause it to break. If you believe the lead wire is damaged and likely to cause malfunctions, replace it.. Confirm proper insulation of wiring. Make sure that there is no faulty wiring insulation (contact with other circuits, ground fault, improper insulation between terminals, etc.). Damage may occur due to excess current flow into a switch. Warning Warning Operating Environment. Never use in the presence of explosive gases. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a serious explosion. Maintenance. Perform periodic inspections to ensure proper operation of the switch. Unexpected malfunctions or incorrect operation may cause possible danger. 2. Take precautions when using the switch for an interlock circuit. When a pressure switch is used for an interlock circuit, devise a multiple interlock system to prevent trouble or malfunctioning. Verify the operation of the switch and interlock function on a regular basis. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 5

50 5 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Series 6F/ISE 5 6 Digital Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages 7 through 9 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions, and to page 2 for specific product precautions. Warning Warning Selection. Monitor the internal voltage drop of the switch. When operating below a specified voltage, it is possible that the load may be ineffective even though the pressure switch function is normal. Therefore, the formula below should be satisfied after confirming the minimum operating voltage of the load. Supply voltage Caution Mounting. Operation Refer to the instruction manual for the operation of the digital pressure switch. 2. Pressure port Do not introduce any wire or similar object to a pressure port as this may damage the pressure sensor and cause a malfunction. Warning Internal voltage > drop of switch. Data of the digital pressure switch will be stored even after the power is turned off. Input data (set pressure, etc.) will be stored in EEPROM so that the data will not be lost after the pressure switch is turned off. (Data will be stored for up to, hours after the power is turned off.) Wiring Minimum operating voltage of load. Do not wire conjunction with power lines or high voltage lines. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Control circuit including the switches may malfunction due to noise from these other lines. 2. Do not allow loads to short circuit. Although digital pressure switches indicate excess current error if loads are short circuited, all incorrect wiring connections cannot be protected. Take precautions to avoid incorrect wiring. As for other pressure switches, the switches will be instantly damaged if loads are short circuited. Take special care to avoid reverse wiring between the brown power supply line and the black output line.. Connect a DC (-) wire (blue) as close as possible to the DC power supply GND terminal. Connecting the power supply away from the GND terminal can cause malfunctions due to noise from devices that are connected to the GND terminal.. Do not attempt to insert or pull the pressure sensor or its connector when the power is on. Pressure Source Warning. Use the switch within the specified fluid and ambient temperature range. Ambient and fluid temperature operation is as follows: Digital pressure switches: to 5 C Take measures to prevent moisture from freezing in circuits when below 5 C, since this may cause damage to the O-ring and lead to a malfunction. The installation of an air dryer is recommended for eliminating condensate and moisture. Never use the switch in an environment where there are drastic temperature changes even when these temperatures are operated within the specified temperature range. 2. Compound pressure switch Although application of a momentary pressure around.5 MPa will not affect the performance (at the time of vacuum break), be careful to not to apply constant pressure of.2 MPa or more. Warning Operating Environment. Do not use in an area where surges are generated. When there are units that generate a large amount of surge in the area around pressure switches (e.g., solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces, motors), this may cause deterioration or damage to the switches' internal circuitry. Avoid and protect against sources of surge generation and crossed lines. Caution Maintenance. Cleaning of the switch body. Wipe off dirt with soft cloth. If dirt does not come off easily, use a neutral detergent diluted with water to dampen a soft cloth. Wipe the switch only after squeezing the excess water out of the dampened cloth. Then finish off by wiping with a dry cloth afterwards. 6

51 5 5 Series High ZSE Precision 6F/ISE Digital Pressure 6 Switch Series ZSE/ISE5/6 Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages 7 through 9 for safety instructions and pressure switch common precautions. Warning. Do not drop, or apply excessive impact (98m/s 2 ) while handing. Although the body of the sensor may not be damaged, the internal parts of the sensor could be damaged and lead to a malfunction. 2. The tensile strength of the cord is 9N. Applying a greater pulling force on it can cause a malfunction. When handling, hold the body of the sensor do not dangle it from the cord.. Do not exceed the screw-in torque of.6 N m when installing piping. Exceeding this value may cause malfunctioning of the sensor.. Do not use pressure sensors with corrosive and/or flammable gases or liquids. Warning Caution Handling Connection. Incorrect wiring can damage the switch and cause a malfunction or erroneous switch output. 2. Turn off the power before connecting the wires.. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Malfunctions may occur due to noise from these lines.. If a commercial switching regulator is used, make sure that the F.G. terminal is grounded. Operating Environment Warning. Our pressure switches are CE marked; however, they are not equipped with surge protection against lightning. Lightning surge countermeasures should be applied directly to system components as necessary. 2. Our pressure switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use it in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a serious explosion.. Do not use in an environment with spattering liquid of oil or solvent. 2. In an environment where the body of the switch is exposed to water or dust, there is possibility of water or dust invasion of the switch through the atmospheric release port. Insert a ø tube (with inside diameter of ø2.5) into the atmospheric release port and pipe the other end to a place with no spattering water or other liquid. Do not fold or clog the tube or the pressure cannot be measured properly. To a safe place with no water or dust Air tube Atmospheric release port Confirm that the air tube is inserted to the bottom of the atmospheric release port. Use SMC TU25 (Material: Polyurethane, O.D.: ø, I.D: ø2.5) as the air tube. Warning Pressure Source. Use of toxic, corrosive or flammable gas. The materials of the pressure sensor and fittings on the switch are SUS6 and SUS. Do not use toxic or corrosive gas. The switch is not protected against explosion. Do not use it with flammable gas, either. 2. Compatible fluid The fluid contact areas are SUS6 (pressure sensor) or SUS (fittings). Use fluid that will not corrode the materials. (For corrosiveness of fluid, consult the manufacturer of the fluid.) <ZSE6F/ISE6> Helium leakage test Helium leakage test is conducted on the welding parts. Use a ferrule a ferrule by (Swagelok fittings) as the TSJ fittings and packing, ground, etc. by Cajon (VCR fittings) as the URJ fittings. If a ferrule, packing or ground by other manufacturers are to be used, conduct helium leakage test before using those products. Mounting Method Caution. Mounting with panel mount adapter Panel mounting adapter A 2. Mounting with brackets Mount a bracket to the using two M x 5L mounting screws and install on piping with a hexagon socket cap screws. The switch can be installed horizontally depending on the installation location. Mounting screw M x 5L Bracket A or D Front protection cover (optional) Panel mounting adapter B Panel The tightening torque for bracket mounting screw should be.98n m or less. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 7

52 Series ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE5/6F-ISE5/6 8 8

53 Digital Pressure Switch for General Fluids Series ISE7/75/75H ISE7/75/75H PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 9

54 Series ISE7/75/75H 2-colour Display Digital Pressure Switch/For Air Series ISE7 How to Order MPa ISE7 2 M Piping 2 Rc/ N2 NPT/ F2 G/ (ISO79) Note ) Note ) G/: Applicable to ISO79- Option 2 Nil None With bracket 2 Connector Pin Assignments Output - 2 Brown White Blue Black DC (+) OUT (PNP) DC ( ) OUT (NPN) Output -65 Brown 2 White Blue Black DC (+) NC DC ( ) OUT (PNP) Fixed setting: NPN open collector output (Pin no. ) + PNP open collector output (Pin no. 2) 65 PNP open collector output (Pin no. ) Nil M Output Display unit With unit display switching function Fixed SI unit Note ) Pressure unit: PSI (Initial value) P With unit display switching function Note ) Fixed unit: MPa Option Nil S L A None Note) Mounting screws are not included. Lead wire with M2 connector (5m), straight Lead wire with M2 connector (5m), right-angled Optional Part No. When option parts are required separately, use the following part numbers to place an order. Option Part No. Note Bracket ZS--A OUT U P SET DOWN Bracket B and the bracket assembly make up one set. Note: Mounting screws are not included. Bracket B Bracket assembly Lead wire with M2 connector, straight Lead wire with M2 connector, right-angled 5 ZS--B ZS--C Lead wire length: 5m Lead wire length: 5m

55 Digital Pressure Switch for General Fluids Series ISE7/75/75H Specifications Rated pressure range Set pressure range Proof pressure Set pressure resolution Fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Switch output Max. load current Max. applied voltage Residual voltage Response time Short circuit protection Repeatability Hysteresis mode Hysteresis Window comparator mode Display Display accuracy Indication light Functions Environmental resistance Temperature characteristics (Based on 25 C: Operating temperature range) Standard Wetted material Port size Lead wire Mass (Weight) Enclosure Fluid temperature range Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Note ) The NPN and PNP outputs function for a single set point. Note 2) G/: Applicable to ISO79- Internal Circuit and Wiring Examples ISE7 to MPa. to MPa.5MPa.MPa Air, lnert gas, Non-flammable gas 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (with power supply polarity protection) 55 ma or less (at no load) Output -: Fixed setting; NPN open collector output (Pin no. ) + PNP open collector output (Pin no. 2) Note ) Output -65: PNP open collector output (Pin no. ) Note ) 8 ma V (with NPN output) V or less (with load current of 8 ma) 2.5 ms (Response time selections with anti-chattering function: 2 ms, 6 ms, 6 ms, ms, 2 ms) With short circuit protection ±.5%F.S. Adjustable (can be set from ) ditit, 7-segment indicator, 2-colour display (red and green) can be interlocked with the switch output, Sampling cycle: 5 times/s ±2%F.S. ± digit or less (at 25 C ± C) Light up when output is ON (Green) Anti-chattering function, Unit display switching function, Zero out function, Key lock function IP67 to 5 C (with no freezing or condensation) Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (with no freezing or condensation) Operating and stored: 5 to 85%RH (with no condensation) VAC for min. between live parts and enclosure 5 MΩ or more between live parts and enclosure (at 5 VDC Mega) to 5 Hz,.5 mm or 98 m/s 2 amplitude in X, Y, Z directions for 2 hours each 98 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each (Non energized) ±2%F.S. or less Compliant with CE Marking and UL/CSA (UL58) standards Fitting: C62 (electroless nickel plated), Sensor port: PBT, Sensor pressure receiving area: silicon, O-ring: NBR 2: Rc/, N2: NPT/, F2: G/ (ISO79) Note 2) Fixed setting: NPN open collector output + PNP open collector output (the pressure set point for switching the output signal is common to both outputs.) Maximum V (NPN only), 8 ma, Residual voltage V or less Output - DC (+) Main circuit (Brown) OUT (NPN) (Black) OUT (PNP) (White) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 to 2 VDC Lead wire with M2 -pin pre-wired connector (5 m) 9 g (excluding the lead wire with M2 -pin pre-wired connector) Output -65 Main circuit See the operation manual for information on how to set and on handling precautions. DC (+) (Brown) N.C. (White) OUT (PNP) (Black) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 to 2 VDC 5 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

56 Series ISE7/75/75H 2-colour Display Digital Pressure Switch/For General Fluids Series ISE75/75H MPa 5MPa ISE75 ISE75H How to Order 2 M 2 M 2 Connector Pin Assignments Output - Brown 2 White Blue Black Output -65 Brown 2 White Blue Black DC (+) OUT (PNP) DC ( ) OUT (NPN) DC (+) NC DC ( ) OUT (PNP) Piping 2 Rc/ N2 NPT/ F2 G/ (ISO79) Note ) Note ) G/: Applicable to ISO79- Nil M P Output Fixed setting: NPN open collector output (Pin no. ) + PNP open collector output (Pin no. 2) 65 PNP open collector output (Pin no. ) Display unit With unit display switching function Fixed SI unit Note ) Note ) Fixed unit: MPa Pressure unit: PSI (Initial value) With unit display switching function Option Nil S L Option 2 Nil A None None With bracket Lead wire with M2 connector (5m), straight Lead wire with M2 connector (5m), right-angled Optional Part No. When option parts are required separately, use the following part numbers to place an order. Option Part No. Note Bracket ZS--A OUT U P SET DOWN Bracket B and the bracket assembly make up one set. Bracket B Bracket assembly Lead wire with M2 connector, straight Lead wire with M2 connector, right-angled 52 ZS--B ZS--C Lead wire length: 5m Lead wire length: 5m

57 Digital Pressure Switch for General Fluids Series ISE7/75/75H Specifications Rated pressure range Set pressure range Proof pressure Set pressure resolution Fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Switch output Max. load current Max. applied voltage Residual voltage Response time Short circuit protection Repeatability Hysteresis mode Hysteresis Window comparator mode Display Display accuracy Indication light Functions Environmental resistance Temperature characteristics (Based on 25 C: Operating temperature range) Standard Wetted material Port size Lead wire Mass (Weight) Internal Circuit and Wiring Examples Fixed setting: NPN open collector output + PNP open collector output (the pressure set point for switching the output signal is common to both outputs) Maximum V (NPN only), 8 ma, Residual voltage V or less Output - Output -65 DC (+) Main circuit Enclosure Fluid temperature range Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Note ) The NPN and PNP outputs function for a single setpoint. Note 2) G/: Applicable to ISO79- (Brown) OUT (NPN) (Black) OUT (PNP) (White) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 to 2 VDC ISE75 to MPa. to MPa MPa ISE75H to 5MPa.5 to 5MPa 5MPa.MPa Fluid that will not corrode stainless steel SUS and SUS6 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (with power supply polarity protection) 55 ma or less (at no load) Output -: Fixed setting; NPN open collector output (Pin no. ) + PNP open collector output (Pin no. 2) Note ) Output -65: PNP open collector output (Pin no. ) Note ) 8 ma V (with NPN output) V or less (with load current of 8 ma) 2.5 ms (Response time selections with anti-chattering function: 2 ms, 6 ms, 6 ms, ms, 2 ms) With short circuit protection ±.5%F.S. Adjustable (can be set from ) ditit, 7-segment indicator, 2-colour display (red and green) can be interlocked with the switch output, Sampling cycle: 5 times/s ±2%F.S. ± digit or less (at 25 C ± C) Light up when output is ON (Green) Anti-chattering function, Unit display switching function, Zero out function, Key lock function IP67 5 to 8 C (with no freezing or condensation) Operating: 5 to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (with no freezing or condensation) Operating and stored: 5 to 85%RH (with no condensation) 25 VAC for min. between live parts and enclosure 5 MΩ or more between live parts and enclosure (at 5 VDC Mega) to 5 Hz,.5 mm or 98 m/s 2 amplitude in X, Y, Z directions for 2 hours each 98 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each (Non energized) ±%F.S. or less Compliant with CE Marking and UL/CSA (UL58) standards Pressure receiving area: Stainless steel SUS6, Fittings: Stainless steel SUS 2: Rc/, N2: NPT/, F2: G/ (ISO79) Note 2) Lead wire with M2 -pin pre-wired connector (5 m) 2 g (excluding the lead wire with M2 -pin pre-wired connector) Main circuit See the operation manual for information on how to set and on handling precautions. DC (+) (Brown) N.C. (White) OUT (PNP) (Black) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 to 2 VDC 5 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

58 Series ISE7/75/75H Description Indication light (Green) Displays the switch operation status. SET button Use this button to switch the mode and set the set value. OUT U P SET MPa DOWN LCD display Displays the current pressure condition, set mode and error code. The display mode can be selected from four options: fixed green single-colour reading, fixed red single-colour reading, green reading interlocked with output for switching to red reading, and red reading interlocked with output for switching to green reading. UP button Use this button to change the mode or increase the ON/OFF set value. It also allows you to switch to the peak value display mode. PRESSURE SWITCH DOWN button Use this button to change the mode or decrease the ON/OFF set value. It also allows you to switch to the bottom value display mode. Functions Display calibration function This function eliminates slight differences in the output values and allows uniformity in the numbers displayed. Displayed values of the pressure sensor can be calibrated to within ±5% of their readings. Displayed pressure value ±5%R.D. + Applied pressure : Factory setting display value set prior to shipment : Display calibration range Note) When the display calibration function is used, the set pressure value may change ± digit. Peak/Bottom hold function This function constantly detects and updates the maximum and minimum pressure values and allows to hold the display value. Key lock function This function prevents incorrect operations such as changing the set value accidentally. Zero out (Zero ADJ) function The measured pressure reading can be adjusted to zero. More specifically, the factory-set reading can be corrected to within ±7% F.S. Unit display switching function Error function Take the following corrective solutions when error occurs. Error description LCD display Condition Solution Over-current error Residual pressure error Applied pressure error A load current greater than 8 ma is turned on through either or both of the switch outputs. A pressure level greater than ±7% F.S. has been applied during zero adjustment. The switch will automatically return to measuring mode in three seconds, however. Note that the range of zero adjustment differs by ± digit due to switchto-switch variations. Supply pressure exceeds the maximum set pressure. Supply pressure is below the minimum set pressure. Internal data error Shut off the power supply. After eliminating the output factor that caused the excess current, turn the power supply back on. Bring the pressure back to atmospheric pressure and try using the zero out function. Reduce/Increase supply pressure to within the set pressure range. The reading unit can be selected. Unit/Reading resolution Pa kgf/cm 2 bar ISE7.MPa.. ISE75/75H.MPa System error Internal data error Internal data error Shut off the power supply. Turn the power supply back on. psi (x ) Anti-chattering function Internal data error A large bore cylinder or ejector consumes a large amount of air in operation and may experience a temporary drop in the primary pressure. This function prevents detection of such temporary drops in primary pressure as abnormal pressure. Note) If the switch will not recover to normal even after all of the above mentioned solutions have been applied, consult SMC for investigation. Response time selections: 2ms, 6ms, 6ms, ms, 2ms 5

59 Digital Pressure Switch for General Fluids Series ISE7/75/75H Dimensions ISE H / / Lead wire with M2 connector (5m) straight MPa OUT U P DOWN SET Piping port 2: Rc/ N2: NPT/ F2: G/ (ISO79) Note) The connector faces down (toward the piping). Do not attempt to rotate the connector, as it is not rotatable. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE With bracket (28.7) (8.2) 5.7 Lead wire with M2 connector (5m) right-angled 2 Piping port 2: Rc/ N2: NPT/ F2: G/ (ISO79) Connector Pin Assignments Output - 2 Brown DC (+) PSE55 PSE56 (28.7) (8.2) OUT U P 5 6 SET 6 MPa DOWN White OUT (PNP) Blue DC ( ) Black OUT (NPN) Output -65 Brown 2 White Blue Black DC (+) NC DC ( ) OUT (PNP) PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 55

60 Series ISE7/75/75H Series ISE7/75/75H Safety Instructions These safety instructions are intended to prevent a hazardous situation and/or equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard by a label of "Caution", "Warning", or "Danger". To ensure safety, be sure to observe ISO Note ), JIS B 87 Note 2) and other safety practices. Caution : Operator error could result in injury or equipment damage. Warning : Operator error could result in serious injury or loss of life. Danger : In extreme conditions, there is a possible result of serious injury or loss of life. Note ) ISO : Pneumatic fluid power -- General rules relating to systems Note 2) JIS B 87: Pneumatic system axion Warning. The compatibility of pneumatic equipment is the responsibility of the person who designs the pneumatic system or decides its specifications. Since the products specified here are used in various operating conditions, their compatibility for the specific pneumatic system must be based on specifications or after analysis and/or tests to meet your specific requirements. The expected performance and safety assurance will be the responsibility of the person who has determined the compatibility of the system. This person should continuously review the suitability of all items specified, referring to the latest catalogue information with a view to giving due consideration to any possibility of equipment failure when configuring a system. 2. Only trained personnel should operate pneumatically operated machinery and equipment. Compressed air can be dangerous if an operator is unfamiliar with it. Assembly, handling or repair of pneumatic systems should be performed by trained and experienced operators.. Do not service machinery/equipment or attempt to remove components until safety is confirmed.. Inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed once measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driver objects have been confirmed. 2. When equipment is to be removed, confirm the safety process as mentioned above. Cut the supply pressure for this equipment and exhaust all residual compressed air in the system.. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent shooting-out of cylinder piston rod, etc.. Contact SMC if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions:. Conditions and environments beyond the given specifications, or if product is used outdoors. 2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railway, air navigation, vehicles, medical equipment, food and beverages, recreation equipment, emergency stop circuits, clutch and brake circuit in press applications, or safety equipment.. An application which has the possibility of having negative effects on people, property, or animals, requiring special safety analysis. 56

61 Series Digital ISE7/75/75H Pressure Switch for General Fluids Series ISE7/75/75H Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Warning Design and Selection. Operate the switch only within the specified voltage. Use of the switch outside the range of the specified voltage can cause not only malfunction and damage of the switch but also electrocution and fire. 2. Do not exceed the maximum allowable load specification. A load exceeding the maximum load specification can cause damage to the switch or shorten its operating life span.. Do not use a load that generates surge voltage. Although surge protection is installed in the circuit at the output side of the switch, damage may still occur if a surge is applied repeatedly. When a surge generating load such as a relay or solenoid is directly driven, use a type of switch with a built-in surge absorbing element.. Since the type of applicable fluid varies depending on the product, be sure to verify the specifications. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. To prevent a possible fire hazard, do not use with flammable gases or fluids. 5. Strictly adhere to the rated pressure range and the maximum withstand pressure. Operating the switch under pressures exceeding the range may cause the switch to malfunction. If surge pressures exceeding the maximum withstand pressure are likely to arise, take measures to prevent such surge pressures from being applied to the switch. Operating the switch under pressures exceeding the maximum operating pressure may destroy the switch. Mounting Warning. If the equipment is not operating properly, do not continue to use it. Connect air and power after installation, repairs, or modifications, and verify proper installation. The switch should be checked for proper operation and possible leaks. 2. Apply wrench only to the metal part of the main housing when installing the pressure switch onto the system piping. Do not apply a wrench to the body part as this may damage the switch. Warning Warning Wiring. Verify the colour and terminal number when wiring. Incorrect wiring can cause the switch to be damaged and malfunction. Verify the color and the terminal number in the instruction manual when wiring. 2. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching the lead wire. Repeatedly applying bending stress or stretching force to the lead wire will cause it to break. If you believe the lead wire is damaged and likely to cause malfunctions, replace it.. Confirm proper insulation of wiring. Make sure that there is no faulty wiring insulation (contact with other circuits, ground fault, improper insulation between terminals, etc.). Damage may occur due to excess current flow into a switch. Operating Environment Warning. Never use in the presence of explosive gases. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a serious explosion. Maintenance. Perform periodic inspections to ensure proper operation of the switch. Unexpected malfunctions may cause possible danger. 2. Take precautions when using the switch for an interlock circuit. When a pressure switch is used for an interlock circuit, devise a multiple interlock system to prevent trouble or malfunctioning. Verify the operation of the switch and interlock function on a regular basis. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 57

62 Series ISE7/75/75H Series ISE7/75/75H Digital Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. 58 Warning Warning Warning Selection. Monitor the internal voltage drop of the switch. When operating below a specified voltage, it is possible that the load may be ineffective even though the pressure switch function is normal. Therefore, the formula below should be satisfied after confirming the minimum operating voltage of the load. Supply voltage Internal voltage drop of switch > Caution. Data of the digital pressure switch will be stored even after the power is turned off. Input data (set pressure, etc.) will be stored in EEPROM so that the data will not be lost after the pressure switch is turned off. (Data will be stored for up to, hours after the power is turned off.) Mounting Wiring Minimum operating voltage of load. Operation Refer to the instruction manual for the operation of the digital pressure switch. 2. Pressure port Do not introduce any wire or similar object to a pressure port as this may damage the pressure sensor and cause a malfunction.. Do not wire in conjunction with power lines or high voltage lines. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Control circuits including switches may malfunction due to noise from these other lines. 2. Do not allow loads to short circuit. Although digital pressure switches indicate excess current error if loads are short circuited, all incorrect wiring connections cannot be protected. Take precautions to avoid incorrect wiring.. Connect a DC( ) wire (blue) as close as possible to the DC power supply GND terminal. Connecting the power supply away from the GND terminal can cause malfunctions due to noise from devices that are connected to the GND terminal.. Do not attempt to insert or pull the pressure sensor or its connector when the power is on. 5. A cable with a right-angled connector is also available. The right-angled connector faces down (toward the piping). Do not attempt to rotate the connector, as it is not rotatable. Pressure Sources Warning. Use the switch within the specified fluid and ambient temperature range. Take measures to prevent moisture from freezing in circuits when below 5 C, since this may cause lead to a malfunction. The installation of an air dryer is recommended for eliminating condensate and moisture. Never use the switch in an environment where there are drastic temperature changes even when these temperatures are operated within the specified temperature range. Warning Operating Environment. Do not use in an area where surges are generated. When there are units that generate a large amount of surge in the area around pressure switches (e.g., solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces, motors), this may cause deterioration or damage to the switches' internal circuitry. Avoid and protect against sources of surge generation and crossed lines. Caution Maintenance. Cleaning of the switch body Wipe off dirt with a soft cloth. If dirt does not come off easily, use a neutral detergent diluted with water to dampen a soft cloth. Wipe the switch only after squeezing the excess water out of the dampened cloth. Then finish off by wiping with a dry cloth afterwards.

63 Series Digital ISE7/75/75H Pressure Switch for General Fluids Series ISE7/75/75H Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages 7 through 9 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions. Warning. Do not drop, bump, or apply excessive impacts (98m/s2) while handling. Although the body of the sensor may not be damaged, the internal parts of the sensor could be damaged and lead to a malfunction. 2. The tensile strength of the cord is 5N. Applying a greater pulling force on it can cause a malfunction. When handling, hold the body of the sensor do not dangle it from the cord.. Do not exceed the screw-in torque of N m for ISE7 and 8 N m for ISE75/75H when connecting the pipe to the switch. Exceeding these values may cause the switch to malfunction.. Do not use pressure sensors with corrosive and/poisonous or flammable gases or liquids. 5. When connecting the pipe to the switch, engage the wrench horizontally to the chamfered barrel of the fitting. Be careful not to apply excessive force to the switch's main unit. Warning Handling Connection. Incorrect wiring can damage the switch and cause a malfunction or erroneous switch output. 2. Connections should be done while the power is turned off.. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Malfunctions may occur due to noise from these other lines.. If a commercial switching regulator is used, make sure that the F.G. terminal is grounded. Warning. Our pressure switches are CE marked; however, they are not equipped with surge protection against lightning. Lightning surge countermeasures should be applied directly to system components as necessary. 2. Our pressure switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a serious explosion. Caution. Do not use in an environment with spattering liquid of oil or solvent. Warning Operating Environment. Regarding poisonous, corrosive or combustible gases Do not use the switch for poisonous or corrosive gases. Also note that the switch is not explosion-proof. 2. Regarding use of the switch for fluids Do not use the switch for any corrosive or flammable gas or fluid (ISE7 series). Do not use the switch for any fluid capable of corroding SUS or SUS6 stainless steel; or for any flammable gas or liquid (ISE75/75H series). (For information on the corrosiveness of fluids, contact the fluid manufacturers.) Caution Bracket B Pressure Sources Mounting. Connecting pipe to the switch When connecting the pipe to the switch, apply a torque of.6 N m or greater for the ISE7 series and a torque of 25 N m or greater for the ISE75/75H series. 2. Bracket-mounting the switch Interlock the neck of the switch's piping port between the bracket assembly and bracket B. Using two M6 screws, mount the switch onto a wall. If the panel thickness is less than 5 mm, use nuts or other alternative means to increase the mounting strength. OUT U P SET DOWN Bracket B and the bracket assembly make up one set. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE Bracket assembly 59

64 Series ISE7/75/75H Series ISE7/75/75H Specific Product Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages 7 through 9 for safety instructions and pressure switch precautions. Set pressure range and rated pressure range Caution. Set the pressure within the rated pressure range. The set pressure range is the range of pressure that is possible in setting. The rated pressure range is the range of pressure that satisfies the specifications (accuracy, linearity, etc.) on the sensor. Although it is possible to set a value outside the rated pressure range, the specifications will not be guaranteed even if the value stays within the set pressure range. Switch Pressure range kpa.mpa.5mpa MPa MPa 5MPa For MPa (For Air) ISE7 kpa (.MPa) MPa MPa For MPa (For General Fluids) ISE75.MPa MPa MPa For 5MPa (For General Fluids) ISE75H.5MPa 5MPa 5MPa The ISE75/75H switch shows zero () when the pressure being applied goes below the lower limit of the set pressure range. Rated pressure range of switch Set pressure range of switch 6

65 PSE5 PSE5 PSE PSE2 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE55 PSE2 PSE56 PSE PSE56 6

66 Remote Type Pressure Sensors/ Pressure Sensors Controllers PSE5 PSE5 PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PSE Model P. P. P. 7 P. P. P. 9 Fluid Air General fluids Basic Specifications Rated pressure range (Minimum display) Repeatability % (F.S.) Voltage No. of outputs for a switch Analogue output Operating temperature C ± ±.2 ±. to 5 V 2 to 2 VDC to 5 V to 2 ma ±.2 ±. 5 2 to 5 - to 6 to 5 to 5 V to 2 ma Digital display -colour 2-colour Functions Enclosure Wiring specification Major setting function Connector IP Grommet IP65 Front parts IP65 Others IP Connector IP Key lock, Peak/Bottom values holding, Auto preset, Auto shift, Display calibration, Anti-chattering Connection threads M reducer M R, NPT reducer Resin piping R, NPT, Rc URJ,TSJ Int l standards CE CE, UL/CSA CE CE, UL/CSA Options Wiring Mounting e-con Flexible cable Direct With bracket Panel mount 62

67 Controllers Rated pressure range Sensors Vacuum Compound pressure Positive pressure Low differential pressure - kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa - kpa - kpa Minimum display value Controllers 2 kpa kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa PSE5 PSE5 PSE55 PSE56 PSE5 PSE5 PSE52 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE55 PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 PSE2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Vacuum Compound pressure Positive pressure - kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa - kpa - kpa kpa kpa 5 kpa. kpa. kpa. kpa. kpa.2 kpa. kpa kpa PSE55 PSE56 Low differential pressure 2 kpa MPa. MPa. MPa. kpa PSE2 Main Functions (For details, see page 25.) Key lock Peak/Bottom values holding Auto preset Auto shift Display calibration Anti-chattering Locks the keys from functioning. Displays the maximum and minimum values being set and can keep those values on the display. Able to set the pressure automatically. In the case of adsorption confirmation, it memorises the pressure when adsorbed and released. By repeating several times, the optimum values are calculated automatically. Stable switch output is available even though the supply pressure may fluctuate. Automatically corrects the set value in accordance with the fluctuations in the supply pressure. Able to adjust the displayed value (±5%) and justify distribution of the values displayed on respective pressure switch. Prevents malfunction due to sharp pressure fluctuations. The detection of momentary pressure fluctuation as abnormal pressure can be prevented by changing the setting of the response time. PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 6

68 6

69 Basic Pneumatic Pressure Sensor Series PSE5 PSE5 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 65

70 Series PSE5 Compact Pressure Sensor for Pneumatics Series PSE5 Series PSE5 PSE5 PSE52 PSE5 Connection Locked - kpa - kpa Rated pressure range - kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa kpa kpa Application Example Inspection of a radiator Series PSE52 + PSE MPa Sensor body Connector cover Unlocked Low pressure sensor (PSE52-) is used to detect minute differentiations. Auto shift function reduces influence of fluctuations in the supply pressure. 66

71 Basic Pneumatic Pressure Sensor Series PSE5 2 Pressure Sensor Series PSE5 Sensor range High pressure [ to MPa] Vacuum [ to kpa] Low pressure [ to kpa] Compound pressure [ to kpa] Option/Part No. PSE5 M5 R6 R7 Port size M5 ø6 reducer / inch reducer When only optional parts are required, order using the part numbers listed below. Description Part no. Note Connector for pressure sensor controller Sensor cable Connector for pressure sensor controller + Sensor cable ZS-28-C ZS-26-F ZS-26-J pc. per set Cable length: m Cable length: m The connector is not connected to the cable at the time of shipment. How to Order M5 Option Nil L C2L Sensor cable ( m) None Connector for pressure sensor controller ( pc.) + Sensor cable ( m) Note) At the factory, the connector is not attached to the cable, but packed together with it for shipment. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 Specifications Model Rated pressure range Proof pressure Applicable fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Output specification Accuracy (Ambient temperature of 25 C) Linearity Repeatability Power supply voltage effect Enclosure Temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Temperature characteristics Sensor cable/option Environmental resistance Piping Specifications Port size Model Wetted parts material Weight With sensor cable ( m) Without sensor cable PSE5 to MPa.5 MPa PSE5 to kpa PSE52 to kpa 5kPa PSE5 to kpa Air, Non-corrosive gas, Non-flammable gas 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (With power supply polarity protection) 5 ma or less (no load) Analogue output to 5 V, Output impedance: Approx. kω ±2% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less based on the analogue output at 8 V ranging from 2 to 2 VDC IP to 5 C; Stored: to 7 C (No freezing or condensation) VAC, 5/6Hz for minute between live parts and case 5 MΩ between live parts and case (at 5 VDC Mega) to 5 Hz.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, X, Y, Z directions for 2 hours each (De-energised) 98 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions, times each (De-energised) ±2% F.S. or less (Based on 25 C) Halogen-free heavy-duty cord, ø2.7,.5 mm 2, cores, m M5 R6 R7 M5 male thread ø6 reducer type / inch reducer type Pressure sensor: Silicon, O-ring: NBR Body: Stainless steel Body: PBT g 8 g 7 g.8 g PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 67

72 Series PSE5 Internal Circuit Analogue Output PSE5 Voltage output type to 5 V Output impedance Approx. kω Main circuit kω Brown DC (+) Black OUT (Analogue output) Blue DC ( ) + 2 to 2 VDC to 5 VDC Analogue output [V] 5 Pressure Dimensions PSE5-M5 ø2.5 ø M5 Pressure port. ø2 ø PSE5-R6 R Pressure port. With sensor cable ø. ø2.7 ø2 ø7.2 ød 5. Range For vacuum For compound pressure For low pressure For positive pressure Rated pressure range to kpa A B kpa kpa to kpa kpa kpa to kpa kpa to MPa MPa to 5 kpa 5 kpa A B Model PSE5-R6 PSE5-R7 (mm) Applicable fitting size (D) 6 /"

73 Compact & Light Wight Pneumatic Pressure Sensor Series PSE5 PSE5 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 69

74 Series PSE5 Compact Pressure Sensor for Pneumatics Series PSE5 Series PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 Rated pressure range - kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa MPa - kpa - kpa kpa Weight: 2.9g Head size: 9.6 x 2.8 x 8 mm In case of PSE5-M Application Example Pads can be directly mounted. Manifolding is possible. 7

75 Port size M M5 N R R6 Positive pressure [ to MPa] Vacuum [ to kpa] Compound pressure [ to kpa] M M5 R /8 (With M5 female thread) NPT /8 (With M5 female thread) ø plug-in reducer ø6 plug-in reducer Specifications Model Rated pressure range Proof pressure Applicable fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Output specification Accuracy (Ambient temperature of 25 C) Linearity Repeatability Power supply voltage effect Environmental resistance Temperature characteristics Piping Specifications Port size Material Model Compact Pressure Sensor for Pneumatics Compact & Light Wight Pneumatic Pressure Sensor Series PSE5 Series PSE5 Sensor range PSE5 Pressure sensing section Sensor cable Weight Enclosure Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Case With sensor cable Without sensor cable M M 2. g 2.9 g IM5 IM5H Accuracy Nil A How to Order ±2%F.S. ±%F.S. M M5 female thread, through type M5 female thread, through type (With mounting hole) PSE5 to MPa.5 MPa M5 M5 Resin case: PBT Fitting: Stainless steel 2.7 g.2 g R/8 M5 9. g 9.8 g N NPT/8 M5 Option (Connector) Nil None Connector for pressure sensor controller ( pc.) C2 Option/Part No. Description Connector for pressure sensor controller Part no. ZS-28-C Note pc. Conforms to CE marking and UL (CSA) standards. PSE5 PSE5 to kpa R ø plug-in reducer Resin case: PBT PBT Fitting: C6BD Pressure sensor: Silicon, O-ring: NBR -wire elliptical cable (.5 mm 2 ). g.9 g R6 ø6 plug-in reducer.6 g 2. g to kpa Air, Non-corrosive gas, Non-flammable gas 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (With power supply polarity protection) 5 ma or less Analogue output to 5 V, Output impedance: Approx. kω PSE5: ±2% F.S. or less PSE5A: ±% F.S. or less ±.7%F.S. or less Note) At the factory, the connector is not attached to the cable, but packed together with it for shipment. 5 kpa ±.% F.S. or less ±.2% F.S. or less ±.8% F.S. or less IP Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 2 to 7 C (No freezing or condensation) Operating/Stored: 5 to 85% RH (No condensation) VAC, 5/6 Hz for minute between live parts and case 5 MΩ or more between live parts and case (at 5 VDC Mega) to 5 Hz at whichever is smaller of.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in X, Y, Z directions, for 2 hours each (De-energised) 98 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions, times each (De-energised) ±2% F.S. or less (Based on 25 C) IM5 M5 female thread, through type. g.8 g IM5H M5 female thread, through type (with mounting hole) Resin case: PBT Fitting: A66S-T5. g.6 g 7 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

76 Series PSE5 Internal Circuit Analogue Output PSE5 Voltage output type to 5 V Output impedance Approx. kω Main circuit kω Brown DC (+) Black OUT (Analogue output) Blue DC ( ) + 2 to 2 VDC to 5 VDC Analogue output [V] 5 Range For vacuum For compound pressure For positive pressure Rated pressure range to kpa A B kpa kpa to kpa kpa kpa to MPa MPa A B Pressure PSE5- M M5 PSE5- R R6 With across flats 7 A B M: M M5: M5 B A A PSE5-M.8 PSE5-M5.5 B.5 A PSE5-R ø PSE5-R6 ø6 B 8 2 Common dimensions PSE5-IM Dimensions M5 PSE5- N PSE5-IM5H. : R/8 N: NPT/ ø. With across flats 2 M5 M5 7 72

77 Low Diffrential Pressure Pneumatic Pressure Sensor Series PSE55 PSE55 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 7

78 Series PSE55 Low Differential Pressure Sensor Series PSE55 Series PSE55 Rated pressure range kpa 2 kpa 2 kpa With LED display for confirming energisation 2 types of mountings Accuracy ±%F.S. Mounting directly Mounting with bracket Proof pressure 65 kpa Application Example Flow control Series PSE55 Filter clogging monitoring Series PSE55 Liquid level detection Series PSE55 Can control air flow by monitoring the flow rate inside the duct. Can control filtration and replacement periods by monitoring the clogging of the filter. Can detect the liquid level through changes in the purge pressure. 7

79 Option/Part No. Bracket Description Pressure sensor controller Connector for PSE Low Diffrential Pressure Pneumatic Pressure Sensor Series PSE55 Low Differential Pressure Sensor Series PSE55 Nil 28 Part no. ZS--A ZS-28-C PSE55 Output specifications Voltage output type to 5 V Current output type to 2 ma Note With M x 5L (2 pcs.) pc. How to Order Option 2 (Connector) Nil None Pressure sensor controller Connector for PSE ( pc.) C2 Option (Bracket) Nil None Bracket A Note ) Current output type cannot be connected to the Series PSE. Note 2) At the factory, the connector is not attached to the cable, but packed together with it for shipment. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 Specifications Note) The bracket is not attached in the factory, but packed together for shipment. PSE56 Model PSE55 PSE55-28 Rated differential pressure range Operating pressure range Proof pressure Applicable fluid Power supply voltage to 2 kpa 5 to 5 kpa Note) 65 kpa Air, Non-corrosive gas, Non-flammable gas 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (With power supply polarity protection) Current consumption 5 ma or less Output specification Accuracy (Operating temperature of 25 C) Linearity Repeatability Indication light Enclosure Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Environmental resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Temperature characteristics Port size Analogue output to 5 VDC (Within rated differential pressure range) Output impedance: Approx. kω Material of wetted parts Sensor cable With sensor cable Weight Without sensor cable Note) Can detect differential pressure from to 2 kpa within the range of 5 to 5 kpa. Analogue output to 2 madc (Within rated differential pressure range) Allowable load impedance: 5 Ω or less (at 2 VDC) Ω or less (at 2 VDC) ±% F.S. or less ±.5% F.S. or less ±.% F.S. or less Orange light is on (When energised) IP Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 2 to 7 C (No freezing or condensation) Operating/Stored: 5 to 85% RH (No condensation) VAC, 5/6 Hz for minute between live parts and case 5 MΩ or more between live parts and case (at 5 VDC Mega) to 5 Hz at whichever is smaller of.5 mm amplitude or m/s 2 acceleration, in X, Y, Z directions, for 2 hours each (De-energised) m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions, times each (De-energised) ±% F.S. or less (Based on 25 C) ø.8 (ø. in the end) resin piping (Applicable to I.D. ø air tubing) Resin pipe: Nylon, Piston area of sensor: Silicon -wire elliptical cable (.5 mm 2 ) 2-wire elliptical cable (.5 mm 2 ) 75 g 5 g 75 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

80 Series PSE55 Internal Circuit PSE55 Voltage output type to 5 V Output impedance Approx. kω Main circuit kω Brown DC (+) Black OUT + (Analogue output) Blue DC ( ) 2 to 2 VDC PSE55-28 Current output type to 2 ma Allowable load impedance 5 Ω or less (at 2 VDC) Ω or less (at 2 VDC) Main circuit Brown LINE (+) Blue LINE ( ) + 2 to 2 VDC Install the load either on the LINE (+) or LINE ( ) side. Analogue Output to 5 VDC to 2 madc Analogue output [V] 5 Analogue output [ma] 2 2 Differential pressure [kpa] 2 Dimensions 2 x ø.5 through 7 Indicator light ø5.7. With bracket A ø.8 ø Differential pressure [kpa] 2-M depth A View.6 Bracket

81 General Fluid Pressure Sensor Series PSE56 PSE56 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 77

82 Series PSE56 Pressure Sensor for General Fluids Series PSE56 Series PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 Rated pressure range - kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa MPa - kpa - kpa kpa 5 kpa Applicable fluids example Argon Air containing drainage Ammonia Freon Nitrogen Hydraulic oil Silicon oil Carbon dioxide Lubricating oil Fluorocarbon Wetted parts material Stainless steel 6L Copper-free IP65 Oil-free (Single diaphragm construction) Application Example Washing line Verification of caulking by hydraulic cylinders Adsorption confirmation of works with moisture 78

83 2 C N N2 A2 B2 Positive pressure ( to MPa) Vacuum ( to kpa) Compound pressure ( to kpa) Positive pressure ( to 5 kpa) Port size R /8 (With M5 female thread) R / (With M5 female thread) Rc /8 NPT /8 (With M5 female thread) NPT / (With M5 female thread) URJ / TSJ / Pressure Sensor for General Fluids General Fluid Pressure Sensor Series PSE56 Series PSE56 Sensor range PSE56 Nil 28 Output specifications Voltage output type to 5 V Current output type to 2 ma How to Order Option (Connector) Nil C2 None Connector for pressure sensor controller ( pc.) Note ) Current output type cannot be connected to PSE2 and PSE. Note 2) At the factory, the connector is not attached to the cable, but packed together with it for shipment. Option/Part No. Description Connector for pressure sensor controller Part no. ZS-28-C Note pc. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Specifications Piping Specifications Port size Material Sensor cable Weight Model Applicable fluid Power supply voltage Current consumption Output specification Accuracy (Ambient temperature of 25 C) Linearity Repeatability Power supply voltage effect Environmental resistance Enclosure Model Rated pressure range Proof pressure Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Temperature characteristics Model With sensor cable Without sensor cable R /8 M5 R / M5 NPT /8 M5 NPT / M5 Conforms to CE marking and UL (CSA) standards. PSE56 PSE56 2 N N2 C A2 B2 9 g g PSE56 to MPa.5 MPa PSE56-2 g 8 g PSE56 to kpa 5 kpa 9 g 2 g 2 g 9 g to kpa 5 kpa Rc /8 URJ / TSJ / 87 g 95 g PSE Fluid, including gas, that will not corrode stainlesss steel 6L 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (With power supply polarity protection) ma or less Analogue output to 2 ma Analogue output to 5 V (Within rated pressure range) Allowable load impedance: 5 Ω or less (at 2 VDC) Output impedance: Approx. kω Ω or less (at 2 VDC) ±% F.S. or less ±.5% F.S. or less ±.2% F.S. or less ±.% F.S. or less IP65 Operating: to 6 C, Stored: 2 to 7 C (No freezing or condensation) Operating/Stored: 5 to 85% RH (No condensation) 25 VAC for minute between live parts and case 5 MΩ or more between live parts and case (at 5 VDC Mega) to 5 Hz at whichever is smaller of.5 mm amplitude or 2 m/s 2 acceleration, in X, Y, Z directions, for 2 hours each (De-energised) 5 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions, times each (De-energised) ±2% F.S. or less ( to 5 C: Based on 25 C), ±% F.S. or less ( to 6 C: Based on 25 C) Case: C6 + nickel plated, Piping port/pressure sensor: Stainless steel 6L PSE56-: Oil proof -wire heavy-duty vinyl cable with air tube (.2 mm 2 ) PSE56--28: Oil proof 2-wire heavy-duty vinyl cable with air tube (.2 mm 2 ) 2 g g to 5 kpa 75 kpa 9 g g 79 PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

84 Series PSE56 Internal Circuit PSE56- Voltage output type to 5 V Output impedance Approx. kω Main circuit kω Brown DC (+) Black OUT + (Analogue output) Blue DC ( ) 2 to 2 VDC PSE Current output type to 2 ma Allowable load impedance 5 Ω or less (at 2 VDC) Ω or less (at 2 VDC) Main circuit Brown LINE (+) Blue LINE ( ) + 2 to 2 VDC Install the load either on the LINE (+) or LINE ( ) side. to 5 VDC Analogue output [V] 5 to 2 madc Analogue output [ma] 2 Range Rated pressure range For vacuum to kpa For compound pressure kpa to kpa For positive to MPa pressure to 5 kpa A kpa B kpa kpa MPa 5 kpa A B Pressure A B Pressure Dimensions PSE56-2 / PSE56- N N2 A B 5.5 ø ø2 ø Part-C Air tube M5 The dimensions of part C are common to all PSE56 models. PSE56-C 2 B PSE56-A2 B A 2 PSE56-B2 B A 2 Model PSE56- PSE56-2 PSE56-N PSE56-N2 PSE56-C PSE56-A2 PSE56-B2 A B R /8 R / NPT /8 NPT / Rc /8 URJ / TSJ / 8

85 Channel Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE2 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 8

86 OUT OUT2 2 MPa kpa CH Series PSE2 Multi-channel, Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE2 Applicable sensors PSE5 PSE5 PSE55 PSE56 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE52 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 Rated pressure range - kpa kpa MPa - kpa - kpa kpa MPa kpa A single controller monitors up to pressure sensors Sensor input: inputs Switch output: 5 outputs (2 outputs for ch, output for 2 to ch) 76% reduction in installation space (Compared to the panel mounted ZSE/ISE.) mm PRESSURE SET Functions Auto shift function Auto preset function Auto identification function Copy function Channel scan function Reset function Connection Key lock function Peak/Bottom values display function Unit display switching function Display calibration function Anti-chattering function connector 65 mm mm OUT SET kpa OUT2 OUT SET kpa OUT2 OUT SET kpa OUT2 OUT SET kpa OUT2 Power supply/ Output connection cable Panel mounted A single controller monitors various applications Suction verification Verification of supply pressure for ejectors Verification of caulking by hydraulic cylinders MPa kpa OUT OUT2 CH 2 PRESSURE Verification of supply pressure for washing line SET Leak test Placement verification Adsorption confirmation of works with moisture 82

87 Channel Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE2 Multi-channel Controller Series PSE2 PSE2 Input/Output specifications NPN 5 outputs + Auto shift input PNP 5 outputs + Auto shift input Unit specifications Nil M With unit display switching function Note ) Fixed SI unit Note 2) Note ) Under the New Measurement Law, sales of switches with the unit switching function have not been allowed for use in Japan. Note 2) Fixed unit For vacuum low pressure & compound pressure: kpa For high pressure: MPa How to Order M Option 2 Nil C Option Nil None Sensor connector ( pcs.) Panel mount adapter Connector None PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Accessory: Power supply/output connection cable (2 m) Included with the controller. A Waterproof seal (Accessory) Panel Front protective cover + Panel mount adapter Panel mount adapter Mounting screws (M x 8L) (Accessory) PSE55 PSE56 Option/Part No. When only optional parts are required, order with the part numbers listed below. Description Panel mount adapter Front protective cover + Panel mount adapter 8 conversion adapter This adapter is used to mount Series PSE2 on the panel fitting of Series PSE. Power supply/output connection cable ZS-26-A Part no. ZS-26-B ZS-26-D ZS-26-C Note Waterproof seal, screws included Waterproof seal, screws included 8 conversion adapter B Front protective cover Waterproof seal (Accessory) Panel Panel mount adapter Mounting screws (M x 8L) (Accessory) PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE Connector Order panel mount adapter separately. ZS-28-C ( pc. per set) 8

88 Series PSE2 Specifications Output specification Power supply voltage Power supply voltage for sensor Power supply current for sensor Note ) Sensor input Switch output Repeatability Hysteresis Display Model No. of inputs Input protection Display accuracy (Operating temerature of 25 C) Indication light Auto shift input Auto identification function Maximum load current Maximum load voltage Residual voltage Response time Short circuit protection Hysteresis mode Window comparator mode PSE2 NPN open collector output: 5 outputs (Sensor input CH: 2 outputs, CH2 to : output) PSE2 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (With power supply polarity protection) 55 ma or less (Current consumption for sensor is not included.) [Power supply voltage].5 V ma maximum ( ma maximum for the total power supply current when sensors are input.) to 5 VDC (Input impedance: Approx. 8 kω) inputs With excess voltage protection (Up to 26. V) 8 ma PNP open collector output: 5 outputs (Sensor input CH: 2 outputs, CH2 to : output) V or less (With load current of 8 ma) 5 ms or less (Response time selections with anti-chattering function: 2 ms, 6 ms, 6 ms) With short circuit protection function ±.% F.S. ± digit or less Adjustable (can be set from ) Fixed ( digits) For measured value display: -digit, 7-segment indicator, Display colour: Orange (Sampling frequency: times/sec) For channel display: -digit, 7-segment indicator, Display colour: Red ±.5% F.S. ± digit or less Red (Lights up when output is ON.) Non-voltage input (Reed or Solid state), Input ms or more, Independently controllable auto shift function ON/OFF For compound pressure PSE5 PSE5 PSE56 With auto identification function Note 2) Enclosure Front face: IP65 (when panel-mounted), Other: IP Ambient temperature range Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (No freezing or condensation) Environmental resistance Ambient humidity range Operating/Stored: 5 to 85% RH (No condensation) Vibration resistance to 5 Hz at whichever is smaller of.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in X, Y, Z directions for 2 hrs. each (De-energised) Impact resistance 98 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions, times each (De-energised) Temperature characteristics ±.5% F.S. or less (Based on 25 C) Connection Power supply/output connection: 8P connector, Sensor connection: e-con connector Material Housing: PBT; Display: Transparent nylon; Back rubber cover: CR Weight Approx. 6 g (Power supply/output connecting cable not included) Pressure range Applicable pressure sensor V For vacuum PSE5 PSE5 PSE56 For low pressure PSE52 For positive pressure PSE5 PSE56 Set pressure range Set pressure resolution to kpa. kpa to kpa. kpa to kpa. kpa. to MPa. MPa Note ) If the Vcc and V side of the sensor input connector are short circuited, the inside of the controller will be damaged. Note 2) Auto identification function comes with Series PSE5 pressure sensor only. Other SMC series (PSE5, 52, 5 and 56) are not equipped with this function. 8

89 Channel Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE2 Dimensions PSE2/2. 6 PSE2 MADE IN JAPAN ZZ (7.5) Sensor connector (option) Sensor connector (P x ) r e w q OUT OUT2 2 PIN no. q w e r PRESSURE SET MPa kpa Terminal DC (+) N.C DC ( ) IN ( to 5 V) Connector (Option) PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 CH PSE56 Power supply/output connector (8P) q w e r t y u i PIN no. Terminal q DC (+) w DC ( ) e CH_OUT r CH_OUT2 t CH2_OUT y CH_OUT u CH_OUT i Auto shift input Power supply/output connection cable (Accessory) 2 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE Pin no. 8 Yellow : Auto shift input 7 Green : CH_OUT 6 Red : CH_OUT 5 Gray : CH2_OUT White : CH_OUT2 Black : CH_OUT 2 Blue : DC ( ) Brown: DC (+) 85

90 Series PSE2 Dimensions Front protective cover + Panel mount 9. (2) MPa kpa 6. OUT OUT2 2 PRESSURE CH SET Front protective cover Waterproof seal Panel Panel mount adapter 8 conversion adapter + Panel mount 6 (2).5 8 MPa kpa OUT OUT2 2 PRESSURE SET CH Waterproof seal 8 conversion adapter Panel or more 55 or more Panel mount adapter Panel fitting dimension Applicable panel thickness:.5 to 8 mm 86

91 Channel Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE2 Descriptions -digit display Displays the measured pressure value, content for each setting, and error code. Switch output display Displays the output status of OUT (CH to CH), OUT2 (CH only). Lights up when it is ON. UP button Use this button to change the mode or set value. SET button Use this button to set the mode or set value. Error Code & Solution Error name Overcurrent error Residual pressure error Applied pressure error System error LED display Contents Excess current is flowing into the switch output of OUT. Excess current is flowing into the switch output of OUT2. Pressure is applied to a pressure sensor during the reset operation (a zero point adjustment) as follows: When compound pressure is used: ± 2.5% F.S. or more. When pressure other than compound pressure is used: ±5% F.S. or more. After displaying for 2 seconds, it will return to the measuring mode. The DC ( ) wire of the sensor may be disconnected, or pressure exceeding the upper limit of the setting pressure range may be applied. The sensor may be disconnected or miswired, or pressure exceeding the lower limit of the setting pressure range may be applied. Internal data error. Internal data error. Internal data error. Internal data error. Solution Shut off the power supply. After eliminating the output factor that caused the excess current, turn the power supply back on. Bring the pressure back to atmospheric pressure and use the reset function (zero point adjustment) again. Confirm the connection and wiring of the sensor and get the applied pressure back to within the setting pressure range. Please contact SMC. Shut off the power supply and turn it back on. In the case where the product cannot be returned to the normal state, even though the described measures were taken, please contact us for investigation. OUT OUT2 2 PRESSURE SET MPa kpa Internal Circuit and Connection DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) Sensor input: + to 5 VDC CH Unit display The selected unit lights up. Use unit labels for units other than MPa and kpa. Unit labels kgf/cm 2 bar PSI inhg mmhg Channel display Displays the selected channel. DOWN button Use this button to change the mode or set value. PSE2-(M) NPN open collector 5 outputs + Auto shift input specification Main circuit.2 k 7. k DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Yellow) CH_OUT (Black) CH_OUT2 (White) CH2_OUT (Gray) CH_OUT (Red) CH_OUT (Green) DC ( ) (Blue) PSE2-(M) PNP open collector 5 outputs + Auto shift input specification Main circuit.2 k 7. k DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Yellow) CH_OUT (Black) CH_OUT2 (White) CH2_OUT (Gray) CH_OUT (Red) CH_OUT (Green) DC ( ) (Blue) +2 to 2 VDC + +2 to 2 VDC + PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 87

92 Series PSE2 88

93 Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE PSE PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 89

94 Series PSE 2-colour Display, Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE Applicable sensors PSE5 PSE5 PSE55 PSE56 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE52 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE55 PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 Rated pressure range - kpa kpa 5 kpa MPa - kpa - kpa kpa MPa kpa 5 kpa 2 kpa 2-colour display (Red/Green) Able to set the patterns of the display colour. Pattern q w e r ON Red Green Red Green OFF Green Red Red Green Can be mounted in close proximity with each other either horizontally or vertically. OUT Reduced panel fitting labor PRESSURE SET MPa OUT2 mm OUT PRESSURE SET MPa OUT2 OUT PRESSURE SET MPa OUT2 Response time ms Connection Power supply/output connector connector Sensor connector Functions Auto shift function Auto preset function Display calibration function Peak/Bottom values display function Key lock function Reset function Error indication function Unit display switching function Anti-chattering function 9

95 2 5 Nil L Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE Input/Output specifications NPN 2 outputs + -5 V output NPN 2 outputs + -2 ma output NPN 2 outputs + Auto shift input PNP 2 outputs + -5 V output PNP 2 outputs + -2 ma output PNP 2 outputs + Auto shift input PSE How to Order M Nil M Option None Power supply/output connection cable Power supply/ Output connection cable ZS-28-A Unit specifications With unit display switching function Note ) Fixed SI unit Note 2) Note ) Under the New Measurement Law, sales of switches with the unit switching function have not been allowed for use in Japan. Note 2) Fixed unit For vacuum & low pressure & low differential pressure & compound pressure: kpa Positive pressure: MPa (For MPa) kpa (For 5 kpa) Option Nil C None Sensor connector Sensor connector (e-con connector) PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 Note) The cable is unassembled in the factory, but is included with the shipment. Option 2 Nil Note) At the factory, the connector is not attached to the cable, but packed together with it for shipment. Bracket None M x 5L PSE56 PSE2 Option/Part No. Description Power supply/output connection cable (2 m) Bracket Sensor connector Panel mount adapter Panel mount adapter + Front protective cover Part no. ZS-28-A ZS-28-B ZS-28-C ZS-27-C ZS-27-D Note With M x 5L (2 pcs.) pc. With M x 8L (2 pcs.) With M x 8L (2 pcs.) A B D M x 5L Panel mount adapter Panel Bracket Panel mount adapter + Front protective cover Panel Front protective cover Panel mount adapter Panel mount adapter Mounting screw (M x 8L) Mounting screw (M x 8L) Note) These options are not attached in the factory, but packed together with it for shipment. 9 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

96 Series PSE Specifications Weight Environmental Analogue output resistance Model Current output Note 2) Accuracy (To display value) (25 C) Display accuracy (Ambient temperature of 25 C) Display Indicator light Auto shift input Note 2) Enclosure Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Temperature characteristics Connection Material With power supply/output connection cable PSE Set (differential) pressure range to kpa to kpa to kpa. to MPa 5 to 5 kpa.2 to 2 kpa Pressure range Note ) For compound pressure For vacuum For low pressure For positive pressure For low differencial pressure Rated (differential) pressure range to kpa to kpa to kpa to MPa to 5 kpa to 2 kpa Power supply voltage Current consumption Sensor input No. of inputs 2 to 2 VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (With power supply polarity protection) 5 ma or less (Current consumption for sensor is not included.) to 5 VDC (Input impedance: MΩ) input Input protection With excess voltage protection (Up to 26. V) Hysteresis Switch output Maximum load current Hysterisis mode: Variable, Window comparator mode: Variable NPN or PNP open collector output: 2 outputs 8 ma Maximum load voltage VDC (at NPN output) Residual voltage V or less (With load current of 8 ma) Output protection With short circuit protection Response time Anti-chattering function ms or less Response time settings for anti-chattering function: 2 ms, 6 ms, 6 ms, 28 ms Repeatability ±.% F.S. or less Output voltage: to 5 V (Within rated pressure range (Differential pressure)), Output impedance: Approx. kω Voltage output Note 2) Linearity: ±.2% F.S. (Not including sensor accuracy), Response speed: 5 ms or less Accuracy (To display value) (25 C) ±.6% F.S. or less ±.% F.S. or less ±.5% F.S. or less Without power supply/output connection cable Output current: to 2 ma (Within rated pressure range) Maximum load impedance: Ω (at 2 VDC), 6 Ω (at 2 VDC), Minimum load impedance: 5 Ω Linearity: ±.2% F.S. (Not including sensor accuracy), Response time: 5 ms or less ±.% F.S. or less ±.5% F.S. or less ±2.% F.S. or less ±.5% F.S. ±2 digits or less ±.5% F.S. ± digit or less + /2 digit, 7 segment indicator, 2-colour display (Red/Green), Sampling frequency: 5 times/sec OUT: Lights up when ON (Green), OUT2: Lights up when ON (Red) Non-voltage input (Reed or Solid state), Low level input: 5 ms or more, Low level:. V or less IP Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (No freezing or condensation) Operating/Stored: 5 to 85% RH (No condensation) VAC for minute between live parts and case 5 MΩ or more between live parts and case (at 5 VDC Mega) to 5 Hz at whichever is smaller of.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in X, Y, Z directions, for 2 hours each (De-energised) Note ) Pressure range can be selected during initial setting. Note 2) Auto shift function is not available when analogue output option is selected. Also, analogue output option is not available when auto shift function is selected. Note ) The following units can be selected with unit conversion function: For vacuum & compound pressure: kpa kgf/cm 2 bar psi mmhg inhg For positive pressure & low pressure: MPa kpa kgf/cm 2 bar psi For low differential pressure: kpa mmh2o Analogue Output m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions, times each (De-energised) ±.5% F.S. or less (Based on 25 C) Power supply/output connection: 5P connector, Sensor connection: P connector Front case: PBT, Rear case: PBT 85 g g to 5VDC Analogue output [V] 5 A C Analogue output [ma] B Pressure D Differential pressure to 2 madc 2 A C B Pressure D Differential pressure Range Rated pressure range A B For vacuum to kpa kpa For compound pressure kpa to kpa kpa kpa For low pressure to kpa kpa For positive to MPa MPa pressure to 5 kpa 5 kpa Range For low differential pressure Rated differential pressure range to 2 kpa 2 kpa C D 92

97 Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE Internal Circuit PSE NPN open collector output (2 outputs), Max. V or 8 ma, residual voltage V or less Analogue output: to 5 V Output impedance: Approx. kω Main circuit PSE NPN open collector output (2 outputs), Max. V or 8 ma, residual voltage V or less Analogue output: to 2 ma Maximum load impedance: Ω (2 VDC), 6 Ω (2 VDC) Minimum load impedance: 5 Ω Main circuit DC (+) (Brown) Analogue output (Grey) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) DC (+) (Brown) Analogue output (Grey) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) PSE2 NPN open collector output with auto shift input (2 outputs), Max. V, 8 ma, residual voltage V or less to 2 VDC 2 to 2 VDC PSE PNP open collector output (2 outputs), Max. 8 ma, residual voltage V or less Analogue output: to 5 V Output impedance: Approx. kω DC (+) Main circuit PSE PNP open collector output (2 outputs), Max. 8 ma, residual voltage V or less Analogue output: to 2 ma Maximum load impedance: Ω (2 VDC), 6 Ω (2 VDC) Minimum load impedance: 5 Ω Main circuit (Brown) Analogue output (Grey) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) DC (+) (Brown) Analogue output (Grey) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) PSE5 PNP open collector output with auto shift input (2 outputs), Max. 8 ma, residual voltage V or less to 2 VDC 2 to 2 VDC PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 Main circuit Descriptions LCD DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Grey) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) Displays the current pressure, set mode, selected display unit, and error code. Four different display settings are available. Always use red or green display; or switch between green and red according to the output. Output (OUT) display (Green) Lights up when OUT is ON. Up button Use this button to select the mode or increase the ON/OFF set value. It is also used for switching to the peak display mode. + 2 to 2 VDC Main circuit DC (+) (Brown) Auto shift input (Grey) OUT (Black) OUT2 (White) DC ( ) (Blue) + Output (OUT2) display (Red) Lights up when OUT2 is ON. SET button Down button 2 to 2 VDC Use this button to change the mode or confirm the set value. Use this button to select the mode or decrease the ON/OFF set value. It is also used for switching to the bottom display mode. 9 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

98 Series PSE Dimensions 2 ±. 2-M depth Power supply/output connector Sensor connector Power supply/output connection cable (ZS-28-A) Sensor connector 22 2 DC (+) Brown 5 OUT Black OUT2 White Analogue output or auto shift input Gray 2 DC ( ) Blue PIN no. 2 Terminal DC (+) N.C. DC ( ) IN ( to 5 V) With bracket A Bracket 5 A View With panel mount adapter With panel mount adapter + Front protective cover Panel thickness.5 to 6 Panel mount adapter + Front protective cover Panel mount adapter 9

99 Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE Dimensions Panel cut out dimensions -. Mount of single unit -. 2 or more -. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE56 PSE55 Horizontal stacking mount of multiple units (n pcs.) x n pcs. +.5 x (n pcs. ) Vertical stacking mount of multiple units (n pcs.) PSE2 2 or more x n pcs. +.5 x (n pcs. ) PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE -. 95

100 Series PSE2/ Function Details A Auto shift function When there are large fluctuations in the supply pressure, the switch may fail to operate correctly. The auto shift function compensates such supply pressure fluctuations. It measures the (differential) pressure at the time of auto shift signal input and uses it as the reference (differential) pressure to correct the set value on the switch. Set value correction by auto shift function Supply pressure Supply pressure normal drop (Differential) Pressure Switch output (2) Auto shift input Rectified value When the auto shift is selected, ooo will be displayed for approximately second, and the pressure value at that point will be saved as a rectified value C_5 (for CH of PSE2 and PSE) or C_ (for CH2 to for PSE2). Based on the saved rectified values (Note), the set value P_ to P_ (for PSE2) or P_, H_, P_, H_2 (for PSE) will likewise be rectified. Note) When an output is reversed, n_ to n_ (for PSE2) or n_, H_, n_, H_2 (for PSE) will be rectified. PSE2 Compound pressure Vacuum Low pressure Positive pressure Low differential pressure PSE P- (P-) ON OFF Hi Lo Compound pressure Vacuum Low pressure Positive pressure Low differential pressure H- (H-2) PSE2 PSE Possible Set Range For Auto Shift Input A Regulating pressure (Differential pressure) range. to. kpa. to. kpa. to. kpa. to. MPa Regulating pressure (Differential pressure) range. to. kpa. to. kpa to. kpa. to. MPa 5 to 5 kpa.2 to 2. kpa Possible set range. to. kpa. to. kpa. to. kpa. to. MPa Possible set range. to. kpa. to. kpa. to. kpa. to. MPa 5 to 5 kpa 2. to 2. kpa Auto shift zero (Series PSE only) The basic function of auto shift zero is the same as the function for auto shift. Also it corrects values on the display, based on a pressure value of, when the auto shift is selected. A Rectified value ms or more 5 ms or less 5 ms or more ms or less B Supply pressure increase B Rectified value Switch output response time when auto shift is input. B Auto preset function Auto preset function, when selected in the initial setting, calculates and stores the set value from the measured (differential) pressure. The optimum set value is determined automatically by repeating vacuum and break with the target workpiece several times. Formula for obtaining the set value PSE2 PSE Adsorption Verification C Precision indicator setting This function eliminates slight differences in the output values and allows uniformity in the numbers displayed. Displayed values of the pressure sensors can be adjusted to within ±5%. Display pressure value High Vacuum Max. A P- P-2 Min. B Atmosphere H- P_ or P_ P_(P_)=A-(A-B)/ ±5%R.D. + Applied pressure Displayed value at the time of shipment Adjustable range of display calibration function D Peak and bottom display function This function constantly detects and updates the maximum and minimum values and allows to hold the display value. For PSE, when the are simultaneously pressed for second or longer, while holding, the hold value will be reset. E Key lock function This function prevents incorrect operations such as accidentally changing the set value. F Reset function Work Work 2 Nonabsorption Absorption Work Work 2 Work n Work n P_2(H_) or P_(H_2) P_2(P_)=B+(A-B)/ H_(H_2)=(A-B)/2 Note) When the precision indicator setting function is used, the set (differential) pressure value may change ± digit. This function clears and resets the zero value on the display of measured (differential) pressure within ±7% F.S. of the factory adjusted value. 96

101 Digital Pressure Sensor Controller Series PSE2/ Function Details G Error indication function Error name Overcurrent error Residual pressure error Applied pressure error Auto shift error System error Error code PSE2 PSE Description H Copy function (Series PSE2 only) Information that can be copied includes the following: q Pressure set values, w Range settings, e Display units, r Output modes, t Response times. When CH is copied to CH2, CH, and CH, information of OUT in CH will be copied. When CH2, CH, or CH is copied to CH, information of OUT in CH2, CH, or CH will be copied only to OUT in CH. Note) When the copy function is used, the regulating pressure value of the copied channel may change ± digit. I current of switch output (OUT) exceeds 8 ma. current of switch output (OUT2) exceeds 8 ma. Pressure applied during the zero reset operation exceeds ±7% F.S. After displaying the error code for seconds, the switch automatically returns to the measuring mode. Due to individual product differences, the setting range varies ± digits. Supply pressure exceeds the maximum set (differential) pressure or upper limit of the display pressure. A sensor may be disconnected or miswired. Or, supply pressure is below the minimum set (differential) pressure or lower limit of the display pressure. The value measured at the time of auto shift input is outside the set (differential) pressure range. After displaying the error code for one second, the switch returns to the measuring mode. Internal data error Internal data error Internal data error Internal data error Auto identification function (Series PSE2 only) This function automatically identifies the pressure range of the pressure sensor that is connected to the multi-channel pressure sensor controller, thus eliminating the need of having to reset the range again after replacing the sensor. This function will be activated either when Aon is set in the auto identification mode or when the power is turned back on in that condition. However, this function only works in conjunction with specific pressure sensors (SMC Series PSE5). When other pressure sensors are used, this function will not work. When using other types of pressure sensors, first set the auto identification mode to AoF, and then proceed to setting the range. Turning the power back on while in the Aon setting can cause a malfunction. J Anti-chattering function A large bore cylinder or ejector consumes a large volume of air in operation and may experience a temporary drop in the supply pressure. This function prevents detection of such temporary drops in the supply pressure as an error. <Principle> This function averages pressure values measured during the response time set by the user and then compares the average pressure value with the pressure set point value to output the result on the switch. Pressure Pressure range P- H- Switch output operation in ON normal conditions OFF Switch output operation when ON anti-chattering function is on OFF PSE2 PSE Available response time settings 2 ms, 6 ms, 6 ms 2 ms, 6 ms, 6 ms, 28 ms Momentary change t (ms) t (ms) Time <Averaging> <Averaging> Time Time K Anti-chattering function (Series PSE2 only) Pressure value for the selected channel is displayed. L Anti-chattering function (Series PSE2 only) Pressure values for each channel are displayed by turns at 2-second intervals. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 97

102 Series PSE2/ Function Details M Unit display switching function Display units can be switched with this function. Units that can be displayed vary depending on the range of the pressure sensors connected to the controller. PSE2 Pressure range Applicable pressure sensor For compound pressure For vacuum For low pressure PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE52 PSE56 PSE56 For positive pressure PSE5 PSE5 PSE56 Set pressure (differential pressure) range to kpa to kpa to kpa. to MPa kpa... MPa. kgf/cm bar.... psi.2... inhg.. mmhg PSE Pressure range Applicable pressure sensor For compound pressure For vacuum For low pressure For positive pressure For low differential pressure PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE5 PSE52 PSE5 PSE56 PSE55 PSE56 PSE56 PSE56 Set pressure (differential pressure) range to kpa to kpa to kpa. to MPa 5 to 5 kpa.2 to 2. kpa kpa.2... MPa. kgf/cm bar psi inhg.. mmhg 2 mmh 2 O 98

103 Series PSE Safety Instructions The following safety instructions are intended to prevent a hazardous situation and/or equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard by all safety practices, including labels of "Caution", "Warning" or "Danger". To ensure safety, please observe ISO Note ), JIS B 87 Note 2) and other safety practices. Caution : Operator error could result in injury or equipment damage. Warning : Operator error could result in serious injury or loss of life. Danger : In extreme conditions, there is a possible result of serious injury or loss of life. Note ) ISO : Pneumatic fluid power -- General Rules relating to system Note 2) JIS B 87: Pneumatic system axiom PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Warning. The compatibility of pneumatic equipment is the responsibility of the person who designs the pneumatic system or decides its specifications. Since the products specified here are used in various operating conditions, their compatibility with the specific pneumatic system must be based on specifications, post analysis and/or tests to meet a specific requirements. The expected performance and safety assurance will be the responsibility of the person who has determined the compatibility of the system. This person should continuously review the suitability of all items specified, referring to the latest catalogue information and taking into consideration the possibility of equipment failure when configuring a system. 2. Only trained personnel should operate pneumatically operated machinery and equipment. Compressed air can be dangerous if handled incorrectly. Assembly, handling or maintenance of the pneumatic system should be performed by trained and experienced operators.. Do not service machinery/equipment or attempt to remove components until safety is confirmed.. Inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed after confirming the control positions are safely locked-out. 2. When equipment is to be removed, confirm the safety processes mentioned above. Cut the supply pressure for the equipment and exhaust all residual compressed air in the system.. Before the machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent quick extension of a cylinder piston rod, etc. (Bleed air into the system gradually, to create back pressure.). Contact SMC if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions:. Conditions and environments beyond the given specifications, or if product is used outdoors. 2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railway, air navigation, vehicles, medical equipment, food and beverages, recreation equipment, emergency stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press applications, or safety equipment.. An application which has the possibility of having a negative effects on people, property, or animals, and therefore requires special safety analysis. PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 99

104 Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back page for Safety Instructions, and back page 5 through to 8 for Specific Product Precautions. Warning Design and Selection. Operate a switch only within the specified voltage. Use of a switch outside the range of the specified voltage can cause not only malfunction and damage of a switch, but also electrocution and fire. 2. Do not exceed the maximum allowable load specification. A load exceeding the maximum load specification can cause damage to the switch or shorten its operating life span.. Do not use a load that generates surge voltage. Although surge protection is installed in the circuit at the output side of the switch, damage may still occur if a surge is applied repeatedly. When a surge generating load such as a relay or solenoid is directly driven, use a type of switch with a built-in surge absorbing element.. Since the type of applicable fluid varies depending on the product, make sure to verify the specifications. Switch is not of an explosion proof construction. To prevent a possible fire hazard, do not use with flammable gases or fluids. 5. Operate a switch within the regulating pressure range and maximum operating pressure. Using beyond the specified range may result in a malfunction. If surge pressure exceeding the maximum withstand pressure are likely to arise, take measure to prevent such surge pressures from being applied to the switch. Use of a switch beyond the maximum operating pressure may result in a breakdown. Warning Mounting. If the equipment is not operating properly, do not continue to use it. Connect air and power after installation, repairs, or modifications, and verify if installed properly or not by conducting a performance and leak test properly. 2. Mount a switch by observing the proper tightening torque. When a switch is tightened beyond the specified tightening torque, the mounting screws, mounting bracket, or switch may be damaged. On the other hand, tightening below the specified tightening torque may cause the installation screws to come loose during operation. Connection thread: M, M5, Rc, R, NPT Warning Wiring. Verify the colour and terminal number when wiring. Incorrect wiring can cause the switch to be damaged and malfunction. Verify the colour and the terminal number in the instruction manual when wiring. 2. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching the lead wire. Repeatedly applying bending stress or stretching force to the lead wire will cause it to break. If you believe the lead wire is damaged and likely to cause malfunctions, replace the product. (Grommet and lead wire is irreplaceable one.). Confirm proper insulation of wiring. Make sure that there is no faulty wiring insulation (contact with other circuits, ground fault, improper insulation between terminals, etc.). Damage may occur due to excess current flow into a switch. Warning Warning Operating Environment. Never use in the presence of explosive gases. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a serious explosion. Maintenance. Perform periodic inspections to ensure proper operation of the switch. Unexpected malfunctions may cause possible danger. 2. Take precautions when using a switch for an interlock circuitry. When a pressure switch is used for an interlock circuit, devise a multiple interlock system to prevent trouble or malfunction. Verify the operation of the switch and interlock function on a regular basis. Thread M, M5 /8 / Proper tightening torque (N m) /6 rotation after tightening by hand 7 to 9 2 to. Apply a wrench only to the metal part of the main housing when installing a pressure switch in the system piping. Never apply a wrench to the resin part, since it may result in damage to a switch.

105 Digital Pressure Switch Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back page for Safety Instructions, and back page 5 through to 8 for Specific Product Precautions. Warning Selection. Monitor the internal voltage drop of a switch. When operating below the specified voltage, it is possible that a load may be ineffective, even though the pressure switch functions normally. Therefore, the formula below should be satisfied after confirming the voltage of operating load. Supply voltage Caution Warning Internal voltage drop of switch. Pressure switch for placement verification Use the Air Catch Sensor/Series ISA for the purpose of placement verification of a work. The ISA series is both dustproof and drip proof. 2. Data of the digital pressure switch will be stored even after the power is turned off. Input data (set pressure, etc.) is stored in EEPROM, so that the data will not be lost after the pressure switch is turned off. (Data is stored for up to, hours after the power is turned off.) Mounting. Do not drop or apply the excessive force to a switch when handling. Do not drop, bump, or apply excessive impact ( m/s 2 or greater) while handling. Although the body of the switch case may not be damaged, the inside of the switch could be damaged and lead to a malfunction. 2. Hold the body of the switch while handling. If the product is held by its cable, it could lead to a breakage. Hold the body of the switch while handling.. Operation Refer to the instruction manual for operating by the button for the digital pressure switch.. Do not touch the LCD readout. Do not touch the LCD indicator face of the pressure switch during operation. Static electricity can change the readout. 5. Pressure port Do not introduce any wire or similar object to a pressure port as this may damage the pressure sensor and cause a malfunction. > Voltage of operation load Warning Wiring. Do not wire in conjunction with power lines or high voltage lines. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Control circuits including switches may malfunction due to noise from these other lines. 2. Do not allow loads to short circuit. (-wire type) Although digital pressure switches indicate excess current error if loads are short circuited, all incorrect wiring connections cannot be protected. Take precautions to avoid incorrect wiring. As for other pressure switches, the switches will be instantly damaged if loads are short circuited. Take special care to avoid reverse wiring between the brown power supply line and the black output line. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

106 Digital Pressure Switch Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back page for Safety Instructions, and back page 5 through to 8 for Specific Product Precautions. Caution Piping. Piping hose, etc. When panel mounting the product, if excessive force is applied to the switch by piping material such as hose, it could lead to the connecting parts of the switch becoming damaged. Therefore, be careful not to apply such excessive force. Caution Maintenance. Cleaning of the switch body Wipe off dirt with a soft cloth. If dirt does not come off easily, use a neutral detergent diluted with water to dampen a soft cloth. Wipe the switch only after squeezing the excess water out of the dampened cloth. Then finish off by wiping with a dry cloth afterwards. Warning Air Supply. Use the switch within the specified fluid and ambient temperature range. Ambient and fluid temperature operation for the PSE56 series should be within to 6 C. Meanwhile, other remote type pressure switches should be within to 5 C. Take measures to prevent moisture from freezing in circuits when below 5 C, since this may cause damage to the O-ring and lead to a malfunction. The installation of an air dryer is recommended for eliminating condensate and moisture. Never use the switch in an environment where there are drastic temperature changes even when these temperatures are operated within the specified temperature range. 2. Vacuum switch An instant pressure pulse of up to.5 MPa (at the time of vacuum release) will not affect the performance of the switch. However, a constant pressure.2 MPa or more should be avoided. Warning Operating Environment. Do not use in an area where surges are generated. When there are units that generate a large amount of surge in the area around pressure switches (e.g., solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces, motors), this may cause deterioration or damage to the switches internal circuitry. Avoid and protect against sources of surge generation and crossed lines. 2. Operating environment In general, the digital pressure switches featured here are not dust or splashproof. Avoid using in an environment where the likelihood of splashing or spraying of liquids (water, oil, etc.) exists. If used in such an environment, use a dustproof and splashproof type switch. 2

107 Series PSE5 Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back page through to for Safety Instructions and Pressure Switch Precautions. Pressure Sensor Warning. Do not drop, bump, or apply excessive impact (PSE5, 5: 98 m/s 2, PSE56: 5 ms 2, PSE55: m/s 2 ) while handling. Although the body of the sensor may not be damaged, the inside of the sensor could be damaged and lead to malfunction. 2. The tensile strength of the cord is PSE5: 2 N, PSE5, 55, 56: 5 N or less. Applying a greater pulling force to it can cause malfunction. When handling, hold the body of the sensor do not dangle it from the cord.. Do not use pressure sensors with corrosive and/or flammable gases or liquids. (PSE5). Do not exceed the screw-in torque of.5n.m when installing piping. Exceeding this value may cause malfunctioning of the sensor. 2. Connecting the sensor cable (optional) Hold the female connector of the sensor cable with your fingers and carefully insert it into the connector. A connector cover is provided as part of the cable assembly (see the figure below). It is designed to keep the female cover in place, first make sure it is facing in the right direction as you slip it over the female connector, then lock it to the sensor body by turning it clockwise. To remove the cover, first unlock it by turning it counterclockwise, then pull back on it. To remove the female connector, grab it with your fingers and pull back on it. Do not pull on the cable. Lock Handling Sensor Male connector Female connector Unlock Sensor Connector cover (PSE5/55). Care should be taken when stripping the outer cable covering as the insulator may be accidentally torn or damaged if incorrectly stripped, as shown on the right. Caution Wiring. Connection of sensor connector Cut the sensor cable as illustrated to the right. Referring to the table below, insert each lead wire of the cable at the position marked with a number corresponding to the colour of the lead wire. Confirm that the numbers on the connector no. Connector match the colours of the wires and that the wires 2 are inserted to the bottom. Press Part A by hand for temporary fixing. Press in the central part of Part A vertically with a tool such as pliers. A sensor connector cannot be taken apart for reuse once it is crimped. If the wire arrangement is incorrect or if the wire insertion fails, use a new sensor connector. For connection to SMC pressure switches, use sensor connectors (ZS- 28-C) or e-con connectors listed below. Series PSE5 PSE5 PSE55 PSE56 Sumitomo M Ltd. 7--FL 7--FL 7--FL 7--FL Sheath Tyco Electronic AMP K.K mm or more Insulator Wire core colour Brown (DC (+)) Not used Blue (DC ( )) Black (OUT: to 5 V) Part-A OMRON Corp. XN2A- XN2A- XN2A- XN2A- For details about the e-con connector, contact the respective connector manufacturer. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

108 Series PSE5 Specific Product Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back page through to for Safety Instructions and Pressure Switch Precautions. Warning Pressure Source (PSE56). Use of toxic, corrosive or flammable gas. Do not use toxic or corrosive gas. 2. Compatible fluid The fluid contact areas are stainless steel 6L (pressure sensor fittings). Use fluid that will not corrode the materials. (For corrosiveness of fluid, consult the manufacturer of the fluid.) A2 (PSE56- B2 only) Helium leakage test Helium leakage test is conducted on the welding parts. Use a ferrule by Crawford fitting company (Swagelok fittings) as the TSJ fittings and packing, ground, etc. by Cajon company (VCR fittings) as the URJ fittings. If a ferrule, packing or ground by other manufacturers are to be used, conduct helium leakage test before using those products. Caution Piping Connection (PSE55) Air tubing Cut the air tubing vertically. Carefully hold the air tubing and slowly push it into the resin pipe, ensuring that it is inserted by more than 8 mm. For your information, the tensile strength is approx. 25 N Resin pipe when inserted by more than 8 mm. Insert the low pressure tubing into Lo pipe, and the high-pressure tubing into Hi pipe. In cases where SMC air tubing is not used, make sure the product has similar I.D. accuracy within ø±. mm. Make sure that the air tubing is firmly inserted to avoid possible disconnection. (Tensile strength is approx. 25 N when being inserted 8 mm.)

109 Series PSE2/ Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back page through to for Safety Instructions and Pressure Switch Precautions. Controller Handling Warning. Do not drop, bump, or apply excessive impact (PSE2: 98 m/s 2, PSE: m/s 2 ) while handling. Although the body of the controller case may not be damaged, the inside of the controller could be damaged and cause malfunction. 2. The tensile strength of the power supply/output connection cable is 5 N; that of the pressure sensor lead wire with connector is 25 N. Applying a greater pulling force than the applicable specified tensile strength to either of these components can lead to malfunction. When handling, hold the body of the controller. Caution Mounting (PSE2) The front face of the panel mount conforms to IP65 (IP when using the 8 conversion adapter); however, there is a possibility of liquid filtration if the panel mount adapter is not installed securely and properly. Securely fix the adaptor with screws as shown below. Standard Front protective cover (ZS-26-) Panel mount (ZS-26-B) Caution Handling (PSE). Mounting with bracket Mount the bracket on the body with two M x 5L mounting screws. Tighten the bracket mounting screws at a tightening torque of.5 to.7 N m. 2. Mounting with panel mount adapter Secure the panel mount adapter with two M x 8L mounting screws. Front protective cover (Part no. ZS-27-) M x 5L Panel M x 5L Panel mount adapter (Part no. ZS-27-C) Rotate 9 to mount. Bracket (Part no. ZS-28-B) M x 8L. Panel mount adapter removal To remove the controller with panel mount adapter from the equipment, remove the two mounting screws, and pull out the controller while pushing the claws outward. Failure to follow this procedure can cause damage to the controller and panel mount adapter. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 2-M x 8L Tighten screws / to /2 turn after the heads are flush with the panel. When using 8 conversion adapter 8 conversion adapter (ZS-26-D) Claw Claw PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 5

110 Series PSE2/ Specific Product Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to back page through to for Safety Instructions and Pressure Switch Precautions. Warning Connection. Incorrect wiring can damage the switch and cause malfunction or erroneous switch output. Connections should be done while the power is turned off. 2. Do not attempt to insert or pull out the pressure sensor or its connector when the power is on. Switch output may malfunction.. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Malfunctions may occur due to noise from these other lines.. If a commercial switching regulator is used, make sure that the F.G. terminal is grounded. Warning Operating Environment. Our pressure sensor controllers are CE marked; however, they are not equipped with surge protection against lightning. Lightning surge countermeasures should be applied directly to system components as necessary. (PSE2) If the product is mounted on a panel, the IP65 enclosure rating is applicable only to the front parts. Never use pressure sensor in the presence of flammable or explosive gases. Caution Wiring. Connection and removal of sensor connector Hold the lever and connector body with two fingers and insert the connector straight into the pin until it is locked with a click sound. To remove the connector, pull it out straight while pressing the lever with one finger. (PSE2) Sensor connector (PSE) Lever Sensor connector Lever 2. Connection of power supply cable and output cable Securely connect the power supply cable and the output cable to the body until a click is heard. 6

111 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 ISA2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 7

112 Stable Series ISA2 detection of. to.5 mm clearance Due to the pneumatic bridge circuit and electronic pressure sensor, the non-contact type sensor is hardly affected by fluctuations in the supply pressure. Plug connectors (Centralised wiring) Requires less man hours to wire. Easy to add and remove manifold stations. Terminal box Modular construction Requires less man hours to wire. With regulator + 2 port solenoid valve 8 With 2 port solenoid valve

113 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Air catch sensor Series ISA2 Optimum position is known at a glance. LED level meter Foreign material Above set position NG W Set position W OK Below set position OK Easy-to-operate large dial Scale provides guidelines for set position. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE W Minimum operating pressure kpa (ISA2-G) Energy consumption can be reduced compared with the conventional models (Conventional models: 5kPa) Position of supply port: Either right side or left side is available. 2 wiring methods Individual wiring Centralised wiring Variations Model Operating pressure range Detection distance ISA2-G to 2kPa. to.25mm ISA2-H 5 to 2kPa. to.5mm Output type Electrical entry Mounting Number of manifold stations Port size Enclosure NPN open connector, PNP open collector Lead wire with connector (Individual wiring) Terminal box (Centralised wiring) DIN rail, Bracket to 6 stations Rc, NPT, G /8 IP66 (IP65 for solenoid valve. Regulator and pressure gauge are open type.) PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 9

114 Series ISA2 Air Catch Sensor Series ISA2 How to Order Manifold Without control unit With control unit C V SR SL PR PL IISA2 IISA2 Control unit With regulator + 2 port solenoid valve With 2 port solenoid valve N Electrical entry and supply port position PL Centralised wiring with supply port on the right Centralised wiring with supply port on the left Individual wiring with supply port on the right Individual wiring with supply port on the left Note) The supply port position is the one when the switch is viewed from the front Stations station 2 stations stations stations 5 stations 6 stations B C SL B D Pressure gauge of regulator Note ) A Without pressure gauge Note 2) E2 MPa single notation.2 Square embedded Z2 pressure gauge PSI single notation MPa E MPa single notation. Z PSI single notation MPa G2 MPa single notation.2 Round pressure gauge P2 MPa-PSI double notation MPa G MPa single notation. P MPa-PSI double notation MPa Throttle/Manual lock of 2 port solenoid valve - C W M E2 Note ) Due to new Japanese weight and measurement legislation, PSI notation type cannot be sold or used in Japan. Note 2) The pressure gauge port is Rc /8. Manufactured upon receipt of order. Without throttle, without manual lock With throttle, without manual lock Without throttle, with manual lock With throttle, with manual lock Throttle - B D Option Without bracket With bracket With mounting bracket for DIN rail Note) DIN-rail must be ordered separately. (Refer to the page 5.) Voltage of 2 port solenoid valve VAC 2 2VAC VAC 22VAC 5 2VDC 6 2VDC 6 2VAC Manual lock Electrical entry of 2 port solenoid valve D : DIN connector D: DIN connector T : Conduit terminal DL: DIN connector (Without connector) TL: Conduit terminal (With indicator light) (With indicator light)

115 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 How to Order For single and double notation type and additional stations Air catch sensor ISA2 G E2 Example Without control unit Centralised wiring Terminal box Stations With control unit 2 port solenoid valve Regulator.5..5 MPa.2 Centralised wiring air catch sensor ISA2-GEP IISA2NSR-B set ( station manifold part number) ISA2-GEP set (Air catch sensor part number) Prefix the part number of the air catch sensor with an asterisk ( ). Centralised wiring/supply port left Supply port IN Left Detection distance G. to.25mm Piping specifications H. to.5mm - Rc /8 N NPT /8 F G /8 Made to order Pressure gauge Note ) A Without pressure gauge Note 2) E2 MPa single notation.2 Square embedded pressure gauge Z2 PSI single notation MPa E MPa single notation. Z PSI single notation MPa G2 MPa single notation.2 Round pressure gauge P2 MPa-PSI double notation MPa G MPa single notation. P MPa-PSI double notation MPa 6 PULL..2 SET. MPa. 9 6 Note ) Due to new Japanese weight and measurement legislation, PSI notation type cannot be sold or used in Japan. Note 2) The pressure gauge port is Rc /8. Manufactured upon receipt of order. Centralised wiring air catch sensor ISA2-HEP PULL. Supply port IN.2 SET. MPa. 9 Right Bracket Individual wiring Terminal box Bracket IISA2CSL-B5DLCE2 set ( stations manifold part number) ISA2-HEP sets (Air catch sensor part number) Prefix the part number of the air catch sensor with an asterisk ( ). 6 PULL..2 SET. MPa. 9 6 PULL..2 SET. MPa. 9 6 PULL..2 SET. MPa. Individual wiring air catch sensor ISA2-GE 9 Output specifications 5 Individual wiring air catch sensor ISA2-GEN DIN rail mounting bracket 6 PULL..2 NPN Output PNP Output SET. MPa. 9 6 PULL..2 SET. MPa. 9 Electrical entry Centralised wiring/supply port right Terminal box Individual wiring/supply port right 6 PULL..2 SET. MPa. 9 Bracket 6 Centralised wiring air catch sensor ISA2-HEP Stations Stations 2 IISA2NPL-D set ( station manifold part number) ISA2-GEN set (Air catch sensor part number) Prefix the part number of the air catch sensor with an asterisk ( ). Stations 2 Stations 2 IN Left Individual wiring Centralised wiring Prefix the part number of the air catch sensor with an asterisk ( ). PUL L..2 SET. MPa. 9 6 PUL L..2 SET. MPa. 2 port solenoid valve IISA2VPR-B5DLC set ( stations manifold part number) ISA2-GE sets (Air catch sensor part number) - L N P Straight Right angle Without lead wire Terminal block box Manufactured upon receipt of order. 9 6 PUL L..2 SET. MPa. 9 Supply port DIN rail mounting bracket IISA2NSR-D set ( stations manifold part number) ISA2-HEP sets (Air catch sensor part number) Prefix the part number of the air catch sensor with an asterisk ( ). Supply port IN Right IN Right PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

116 Series ISA2 Specifications Model Detection distance Fluid Operating pressure range Recommended detection nozzle Consumption flow rate l/min (ANR) Supply pressure Power supply voltage Current consumption Switch Output Hysteresis Note ) Indicator light Environmental Resistance 5kPa kpa 2kPa Maximum load current Maximum load voltage Residual voltage Output protection Repeatability (Including temperature characteristics) Enclosure Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Withstand voltage Insulation voltage Vibration resistance Impact resistance Port size Lead wire (individual wiring type) Terminal block box (centralised wiring type) ISA2-G ISA2-G5 ISA2-H ISA2-H5. to.25mm. to.5mm Dry air (filtered to 5µm) NPN open collector: one output to 2kPa ø.5 5 or less 8 or less 2 or less.mm or less (Detection distance range. to.5mm) 5 to 2kPa ø2. or less 5 or less 22 or less 2 to 2VDC, Ripple (p-p) % or less (with power polarity protection) 5mA or less PNP open collector: one output.mm or less (Detection distance range. to.5mm, supply pressure to 2kPa) 8mA VDC (at NPN output).5v or less (at 8mA) With short circuit protection NPN open collector: one output PNP open collector: one output.mm or less (Detection distance range. to.5mm, supply pressure to 2kPa).mm or less (Detection distance range. to.5mm) LED level meter Note 2) with red, 2 green (Set value < detection distance: red, Set value = detection distance: green, Set value > detection distance: green + green 2) IP66 Operating: to 6 C, Stored: 2 to 7 C (with no condensation and no freezing) Operating/stored: 5 to 85%RH (with no condensation) VAC in 5/6Hz for minute between external terminal and case 2 MΩ or more between external terminal and case (measured with 5 VDC megaohm meter).5 mm amplitude in to 5Hz or acceleration of 98 m/s 2 without control unit and bracket mounted, Others m/s 2, whichever is smaller for 2 hours in X, Y, Z direction each (de-energised) Without control unit and bracket mounted: 98m/s 2, Others: 5m/s 2 in X, Y and Z direction, times each (de-energised) Nil: Rc /8, N type: NPT /8, F type: G /8 core, oil resistant, cable (.6mm 2 ) with M2, pin pre-wired connector Front wiring (Electrical entry ø2) Individual wiring type (body only): 25g, common wiring type (body only): 25g, Weight Terminal box: 25g, lead wire: 278g, connecting bracket with sealing for additional station: g Note ) Refer to Relation between the nozzle diameter and detection distance (page 5) for hysteresis. Note 2) Refer to Setting procedure (page 8) for LED level meter. Working principle S S2 P Sensor P2 S S, S2: Fix orifice S: Variable orifice (adjusted by setting dial) S: Detection nozzle S In a bridge circuit as in the left figure, a detection gap is applied to the detection nozzle (S) while the setting dial S is adjusted to balance the pressure applied to the pressure sensor (P=P2). The pressure sensor detects the differential pressure generated when the detection nozzle (S) is released. When the work piece comes close to the detection nozzle, the back pressure P2 increases until it is larger than P (P2 P). Then the switch output turns on to notify that the pressure is below the detection gap. 2

117 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Internal Circuit and Wiring Wiring NPN open collector output Switch main circuit DC (+) OUT DC () MAX 8mA 2 to 2VDC PNP open collector output Switch main circuit DC (+) OUT DC () MAX 8mA 2 to 2VDC Circuit and wiring for 2 port solenoid valve Without display light DC circuit SOL Conduit terminal With display light DC circuit SOL SOL ZNR ZNR ZNR LED LED DC(+) 2 DC() DC(+) 2 DC() DIN type connector With display light DC circuit DC(+) 2 DC() 2 to 2VDC 2 to 2VDC 2 to 2VDC Without display light AC Circuit Rectifying device SOL Conduit terminal DIN type connector With indicator light AC Circuit Rectifying device SOL ZNR ZNR indicator light ( ) 2 ( ) ( ) 2 ( ) to 2VAC to 2VAC Refer to catalogue and instruction manual of Series VCA for wiring. Pay attention to the power supply voltage. Use of incorrect power supply will cause damage to equipment. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Individual wiring 2: NC : Brown : Blue : Black 2 Brown Blue Black DC (+) NC DC () OUT Centralised wiring 6 9 Terminal block OUT DC () OUT 2 DC (+) OUT NC OUT OUT 6 OUT 5 PSE55 PSE56. Insert the connector of the lead wire with its key groove at the proper position. 2. Hold the knurl with 2 fingers and rotate it clockwise until finger tight. Lead wire with connector Knurl. Connect the coloured wires coming from the cable terminal. Refer to the circuit diagram and table above to avoid mistakes.. Mount the seal conduit on the terminal box. For mounting procedure, refer to the catalogue and instruction manual provided by the manufacturer of the seal conduit. 2. Thread the cable through the seal conduit and arrange wiring according to the polarity of the terminal block illustrated above.. Fasten the seal conduit with a tightening torque not greater than 5 N m. Do not hold the terminal box or the switch. Seal conduit entry (ø2) PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

118 Series ISA2 Relation between Nozzle Diameter and Detection Distance The data in the following charts are characteristics of hysteresis at the detection distance. In case accuracy is required by the settings, the design should be made so that the hysteresis will stay within the optimum adjustment range not larger than. mm. The smaller the hysteresis, the better the sensitivity. In cases where the hysteresis exceeds. mm, the air catch sensor should be used to check the presence of the work piece. ISA2-G Detection nozzle: ø. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m. Supply pressure.9 kpa.8 Hysteresis (mm) kpa 2kPa. Optimum adjustment range Detection distance (mm) ISA2-H Detection nozzle: ø. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m. Supply pressure.9 5kPa.8 Hysteresis (mm) Optimum adjustment range Detection distance (mm) kpa 2kPa Detection nozzle: ø.5 Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m. Supply pressure.9 kpa.8 Hysteresis (mm) kpa 2kPa. Optimum adjustment range Detection distance (mm) Detection nozzle: ø.5 Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m. Supply pressure.9 5kPa.8 kpa.7 Hysteresis (mm) Optimum adjustment range Detection distance (mm) 2kPa Detection nozzle: ø2. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m. Supply pressure.9 kpa.8 Hysteresis (mm) kpa 2kPa. Optimum adjustment range Detection distance (mm) Detection nozzle: ø2. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m. Supply pressure.9 5kPa.8 kpa.7 Hysteresis (mm) Optimum adjustment range Detection distance (mm) 2kPa

119 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Response Time Response time changes with detection distance and piping length. It is hardly influenced by the supply pressure and nozzle diameter (ø. to ø2.). While all graphs assume a fixed set distance with changes in the detection distance, the upper charts show responses at various set values and the lower charts show responses at various piping lengths. If the set distance is equal to the set value, the response becomes quicker as the set value becomes smaller or the piping length becomes shorter. ISA2-G Detection nozzle: ø.5 Supply pressure: kpa Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m 2.5 Set value Response time (sec) Detection distance (mm) Detection nozzle: ø.5 Detection side piping: ø6 x ø Response time (sec).mm Detection distanceresponse time characteristics Supply pressure: kpa Set distance:.5mm m.5 m Detection distance (mm) Piping tubing lengthresponse time Nozzle Shape.5mm.5mm Piping tubing length.25mm m Please keep the nozzle shape as illustrated below. Take every caution against chamfer on the detection surface and/or nozzle hole, which could affect the characteristics as illustrated in Figure. ø 2 or more ø.5 8m 5m 2 or more ISA2-H Detection nozzle: ø2. Supply pressure: kpa Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m 2 Response time (sec) Detection distance (mm) Detection distanceresponse time characteristics Detection nozzle: ø2. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø Response time (sec).5 Set value.mm.5mm.5mm mm Supply pressure: kpa Set distance:.mm Piping tubing length Detection distance (mm) Piping tubing lengthresponse time.5mm m 8m 5m m m ø2 2 or more Figure Detection surface Chamfer is not allowed. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE ø or more ø or more ø or more 5

120 Series ISA2 Supply Pressure Dependence The charts illustrate changes in the detection distance with fluctuations in the supply pressure. ISA2-G Detection nozzle: ø. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m Detection distance (mm) mm.5mm.mm Supply pressure (kpa) ISA2-H Detection nozzle: ø. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m Detection distance (mm) mm.5mm.mm Supply pressure (kpa) Detection nozzle: ø.5 Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m Detection distance (mm) mm.5mm.mm Supply pressure (kpa) Detection nozzle: ø.5 Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m Detection distance (mm) mm.5mm.mm Supply pressure (kpa) Detection nozzle: ø2. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m Detection distance (mm) mm.5mm.mm Supply pressure (kpa) Detection nozzle: ø2. Detection side piping: ø6 x ø tubing 5m Detection distance (mm) mm.5mm..mm Supply pressure (kpa) 6

121 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Setting Procedure The detection distance is set with the LED level meter and setting dial. Keep the setting dial pulled out while in use. If released, it will return to its original position and become unable to rotate. Before pulling out Pulled out Pull out Handling and setting of 2 port solenoid valve Throttle setting for blowing to prevent water and cutting oil from entering the nozzle. (Clockwise: Close throttle, Counter-clockwise: Open throttle) The setting is not applicable to valves without throttle.. Power off the valve. 2. Rotate the throttle clockwise for adjustment so that the detection nozzle will not suck up water or cutting oil. IN Throttle Rotate clockwise Solenoid. Power on the valve, then off again. Confirm that the detection nozzle does not suck up water or cutting oil. Note) Do not rotate the throttle more than turns or it will fall out.. For accuracy in setting, apply a clearance gauge to the detection nozzle to replicate the set condition in advance. 2. Confirm that the set pressure is applied. If the setting dial is fully open, the LED level meter appears as.. Pull the setting dial and rotate it in the positive direction. The lights will turn on in the order shown below. Red Green Green 2 Rotate in the positive direction.. The sensor output comes on when the lights on the LED level meter turn on as. Complete the setting when this condition is observed. 5. Apply the clearance gauge again to confirm that the lights turn on as. Handling and setting of limit gauge indicator. Removal of cover Grip fingers on the front cover ridge and rotate it in the direction of the OPEN arrow until it stops (5 ). Then pull out and remove the cover. OPEN arrow 2. Setting the installation needle The installation needle should be moved by the fingertip. Set the 2 green installation needles at the maximum and minimum limits of pressure. Example Maximum.2MPa Minimum.6MPa. Installation of cover After setting the installation needles, locate the OPEN arrow at the top right position and insert the claws on the cover into the grooves on the case (indicated by in the expanded view of A part). Rotate the cover clockwise until it stops. Confirm that the cover is firmly secured. Expanded view of A part A Finger PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 7

122 Series ISA2 Relation between Dial Scale and Detection Distance Test procedure and conditions Dial scales when the detection nozzle is under the following conditions; Supplied pressure: kpa Piping: ø6xø tubing, 5m in length. Results of measurement Note ) Relation between the detection distance and set dial scales Note 2) (scale numbers) ISA2-G ISA2-H Detection distance Detection nozzle diameter Detection nozzle diameter Detection distance ø. ø.5 ø2. ø. ø.5 ø2..5mm.mm.5mm.2mm.25mm. to.7. to.5.9 to to.. to.5.9 to. 2. to 2.8. to.. to to 7.. to.7 2. to to.6 5. to to.7.mm.2mm.mm.mm.5mm. to.5 2. to 2.9. to.5. to.8.5 to. 2. to to to to to to. 5. to to to to.7 Average variation per scale (detection distance [mm]) ISA2-G Detection distance.5mm.mm.5mm.2mm.25mm Detection nozzle diameter ø. ø.5 ø Note ) This data provides reference values as a guide only, this should not be viewed as a guarantee of our products performance. Note 2) Set dial scales are as follows; ISA2-H Detection distance.mm.2mm.mm.mm.5mm Detection nozzle diameter ø. ø.5 ø Scale A scale Between each major scales, it is sub divided into ten smaller settings (for example, between 2. to. 2., 2.2, 2. etc), settings are possible at each increment

123 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Dimensions/Centralised Wiring Type With bracket OUT 2 OUT DC () DC (+) 9 OUT OUT OUT 5 OUT 6 Terminal block box wiring diagram 6 (Max. 65) Terminal block box 8 End plate L Left Right Stations n 9 Seal conduit entry (ø2) 6 8 PULL..2 SET L. 9 6 Detection port Rc, NPT, G /8 Stations L L2 L L2 8 5 LED level meter PULL..2 SET. 9 When the SUP port is on the left, the stations are sequentially numbered from the side of the terminal block box. 6 PULL..2 SET. 9 M x 8 (With HW, SW) End plate R Setting dial For the bracket attachment position, refer to page. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE 2 MPa. MPa. MPa. Pressure gauge SUP port Rc, NPT, G /8 With DIN rail OUT 2 OUT DC () DC (+) SUP port Rc, NPT, G /8 DIN rail centre OUT OUT OUT 5 OUT (Max. 65) Terminal block box wiring diagram Terminal block box End plate L Seal conduit entry (ø2) Pressure gauge Left Right Stations n PULL SET MPa. L. 9 L L5 6 Detection port Rc, NPT, G /8 L2 8 5 PULL. L.2 SET. MPa. L PULL DIN rail mounting bracket SET. MPa. 9 Bracket Stations L L2 L L L5 LED level meter End plate R PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

124 Series ISA2 Dimensions/Individual Wiring Type With bracket Left Right Stations n 6(Max. 65) Stations L L2 L M x 8 (With HW, SW) 9 Detection port Rc, NPT, G /8 For the bracket attachment position, refer to page. L LED level meter End plate L 8 L2 8 5 Lead wire connector End plate R PULL SET PULL SET PULL SET Setting dial MPa. MPa. MPa. 2 2 Bracket Plug L Pressure gauge 2 SUP port Rc, NPT, G /8 6 6 With DIN rail Electrical entry dimensions Straight union Right angle Left Right Stations n 2.2 The direction of a right angle connector cannot be changed. 6 (Max. 65) LED level meter End plate L PUL L SET 9 6 L L2 PUL L SET PUL L SET 9 5 Detection port Rc, NPT, G /8 Lead wire connector End plate R Setting dial Stations L L2 L L L5 DIN rail centre MPa. MPa. MPa. Plug Pressure gauge.2 DIN rail mounting bracket L L L5 2 SUP port Rc, NPT, G /8 2

125 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Dimensions/With control unit SUP port on the left Throttle needle.5..5 MPa PULL SUP port Rc, NPT, G / DIN connector Conduit terminal 6 PULL. Manual lock DIN connector Conduit terminal SUP port Rc, NPT, G /8 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE With regulator + 2 port solenoid valve With 2 port solenoid valve PSE55 SUP port on the right PSE Conduit terminal DIN connector DIN connector Conduit terminal PSE2 SUP port Rc, NPT, G /8 SET MPa With regulator + 2 port solenoid valve SUP port Rc, NPT, G /8 SET.. With 2 port solenoid valve 9 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE Throttle needle 2

126 Series ISA2 Bracket Mounting Position With 2 stations, the bracket is mounted on the second sensor from the left. 2 Left 2 Right 2 MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa With n stations, the bracket is mounted on the first and "n" th sensor from the left. 2 n MPa MPa MPa Addition of Manifold Stations. Disassembly. Loosen the screws and remove the 2 mounting brackets on the front and back side. 2. Disassemble the switch carefully so that the O-ring on the SUP port will not be detached. End plate removal Slot for removal Existing joint brackets Grip the fingers on the top and bottom removal grooves to pull out the plate. It can be removed by pulling horizontally. 2. Insertion Recess Existing joint brackets. Assembly Protrusion Joint brackets (ISA--A) The switch for adding stations. Fit seal for additional station (ISA-7-B) to the recess of the SUP port of the additional switch. 2. Fit the protrusion of the additional switch into the existing switch.. Mount joint brackets (ISA--A) at 2 positions. Note) Perform temporary tightening of screws.. Confirm that the recess of the SUP port of the existing switch has seal for additional station attached. 5. Fit the protrusion of the existing switch into the recess of the additional switch. 6. Mount the existing joint bracket. Note) Perform temporary tightening of screws.. Tighten the joint brackets with the prescribed tightening torque of.2n m. 2. Arrange pneumatic piping and confirm that there is no air leakage from new joints. 22

127 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Parts List Regulator IN Spacer Y2 Joint bracket ISA--A A pair consists set. End plate L ISA-6-A Seal for additional station ISA-7-B Throttle 2 port solenoid valve Spacer Y2 Left Seal for additional station ISA-7-B ISA-7-A When 2 air catch sensors are connected or valve is connected to the When a 2 port solenoid when a 2 port solenoid right: valve is connected to the left: Lead wire with connector (Individual wiring type) ISA-8-A Straight, 5m ISA-8-B Right angle, 5m End plate L ISA-6-A Bracket ISA--A With mounting screw 2 pcs. Combination bracket ISA--A End plate R ISA-6-B End plate R ISA-6-B Terminal block box ISA--L Right Terminal block box ISA--L (Centralised wiring/supply port left) ISA--R (Centralised wiring/supply port right) DIN rail mounting bracket ISA-9-A PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 2

128 Series ISA2 DIN Rail ISA Pressure Gauge for Air Catch Sensor L Part no. ISA-5- ISA-5-2 ISA-5- ISA-5- ISA-5-5 ISA-5-6 ISA-5-7 L Square embedded pressure gauge Round pressure gauge GC AS G6 Maximum pressure Maximum pressure Notation specification indication Notation specification indication - MPa single notation 2.2MPa - MPa single notation 2.2MPa MPa-PSI P Note).MPa P PSI single notation double notation.mpa Individual wiring type IISA2P- IISA2P-2 IISA2P- IISA2P- IISA2P-5 IISA2P-6 Applicable models Connection thread - R /8 N NPT /8 Note) For double notation of MPa and PSI, add -X at the end of part number. Example) G6-P--X Centralised wiring type IISA2S- IISA2S-2 IISA2S- IISA2S- IISA2S-5 IISA2S-6 Regulator 2 Port Solenoid Valve 2 AR 2 - N F Thread type Rc NPT G Option (The shape of pressure gauge) Note 2) - None E Square embedded pressure gauge (with limit indicator) GNote ) Round pressure gauge (with limit indicator) Note ) The pressure gauge port is Rc /8. The pressure gauge is included in the package (not assembled). Note 2) Order individually when. MPa gauge is required. Option specification - None N Non-relieving R Flow direction: Right to left ZNote ) Unit representations on the label and pressure gauge are PSI and F When specifying more than one option, enter symbols first in numerical, then in alphabetical orders. Note ) Compatible with thread type NPT. Under the New Measurement Law, this type is only sold outside Japan. (The SI unit is used inside Japan.) In all cases, with the exception of NPT, add -X225 at the end of the order number. Example) AR2-2E--X225 Standard specifications Model Port size Fluid Proof pressure Maximum operating pressure Set pressure range Gauge port size Note ) Relief pressure Ambient and fluid temperature Construction Weight (kg) Pressure gauge.2mpa Round Note 2) Square embedded Note ) Note ) The type with square embedded pressure gauge does not have connection. Note 2) The "" in the part number of the round pressure gauge indicates the type of connection threads, no symbol for R and N for NPT. Contact SMC for supply of the connection thread type NPT and the pressure gauge of PSI unit representation. Note ) With an O-ring ( pc) and mounting screws (2 pcs). 2 E VCA27A 5 DL S 2 AR2 Air.5MPa.MPa.2 to.2mpa 8 Set pressure +.5MPa {at relief flow of.l/min(anr)} 5 to 6 C (with no condensation) Relieving type.29 G6-2- GC-2AS Voltage VAC 2VAC VAC 22VAC 2VDC 2VDC 2VAC D DL D T TL Standard specifications Valve specifications Coil specifications Valve type Fluid Withstand pressure MPa Body material Seal material Ambient temperature C Fluid temperature C Enclosure Atmosphere Valve leakage cm /min (ANR) Mounting orientation Vibration resistance/impact resistance m/s 2 Rated voltage Allowable voltage fluctuation Type of coil insulation Power consumption Apparent power DC AC Note ) Note 2) 5Hz 6Hz 2 2N 2F Port size Throttle Rc / NPT / G / Electrical entry DIN connector DIN connector (with light) DIN connector (without connector) Conduit terminal Conduit terminal (with light) Direct operation poppet Air, Inert gas 2. Al HNBR 2 to 6 to 6 (with no freezing) Dustproof and jetproof (Equivalent to IP65) Environment with no corrosive or explosive gas.2 or less Free /5 or less 2/2VDC, //2/22/2VAC (5/6Hz) % rated voltage B type VCA2: 6.5W VCA2: 7.5VA Note ) Since the AC specifications include a rectifying device, there is no difference between the apparent power required for starting and holding. Note 2) Vibration resistance: No malfunction resulted in a one-sweep test in a to Hz range in the axial and right angle directions of the main valve and armature, for both energised and de-energised states. Shock resistance: No malfunction resulted in an impact test using a drop impact tester. The test was performed in the axial and right angle directions of the main valve and armature, for both energised and de-energised states. - S B K Q CE marked Without throttle and manual lock With throttle With manual lock With manual lock and throttle

129 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Series ISA2 Safety Instructions These safety instructions are intended to prevent a hazardous situation and/or equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard by a label of "Caution", "Warning" or "Danger". To ensure safety, be sure to observe ISO Note ), JIS B 87 Note 2) and other safety practices. Caution : Operator error could result in injury or equipment damage. Warning : Operator error could result in serious injury or loss of life. Danger : In extreme conditions, there is a possible result of serious injury or loss of life. Note ) ISO : Pneumatic fluid power -- General rules relating to systems Note 2) JIS B 87: General Rules for Pneumatic Equipment PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Warning. The compatibility of pneumatic equipment is the responsibility of the person who designs the pneumatic system or decides its specifications. Since the products specified here are used in various operating conditions, their compatibility for the specific pneumatic system must be based on specifications or after analysis and/or tests to meet your specific requirements. The expected performance and safety assurance will be the responsibility of the person who has determined the compatibility of the system. This person should continuously review the suitability of all items specified. Refering to the latest catalogue information with a view to giving due consideration to any possibility of equipment failure when configuring a system. 2. Only trained personnel should operate pneumatically operated machinery and equipment. Compressed air can be dangerous if an operator is unfamiliar with it. Assembly, handling or repair of pneumatic systems should be performed by trained and experienced operators.. Do not service machinery/equipment or attempt to remove components until safety is confirmed.. Inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed once measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven object have been confirmed. 2. When equipment is to be removed, confirm the safety process as mentioned above. Cut the supply pressure for this equipment and exhaust all residual compressed air in the system.. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent shooting-out of cylinder piston rod, etc.. Contact SMC if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions:. Conditions and environments beyond the given specifications, or if product is used outdoors. 2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railway, air navigation, vehicles, medical equipment, food and beverages, recreation equipment, emergency stop circuits, clutch and brake circuit in press applications, or safety equipment.. An application which has the possibility of having negative effects on people, property, or animals, requiring special safety analysis. PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 25

130 Series ISA2 Series ISA2 Common Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Warning Design and Selection. Operate the switch only within the specified voltage. Use of the switch outside the range of the specified voltage can cause not only malfunction and damage to the switch but also electric shocks and fire. 2. Never apply a load above the maximum load capacity. It can damage the air catch sensor or shorten the life time.. Do not use a load that generates surge voltage. Although the output circuit of the air catch sensor is equipped for surge protection, repeated application of surges can damage the air catch sensor. When a load, such as a relay or solenoid, which generates surge is directly driven, use a type of switch having a built-in surge absorbing element.. Be sure to observe the set pressure range and maximum operating pressure. Use of the air catch sensor outside the range of the specified pressure can cause failure. Use at a pressure exceeding the maximum operating pressure may damage the air catch sensor. 5. Be aware of internal voltage drops of the air catch sensor. When the air catch sensor is used below the specified voltage, even if the air catch sensor operates normally, the load may fail to operate. Confirm the operating voltage of the load and adjust it to satisfy the formula below. Power supply - Internal voltage drop > voltage of air catch sensor operating voltage 6. Quality of operating air. Use clean air. Do not use compressed air which includes chemicals, synthetic oils containing organic solvents, salt or corrosive gases, etc., as it can cause damage or malfunction. 2. Install air filters. Install air filters at the upstream side of valves, The filtration degree should be 5µm or finer.. Install an after cooler, air dryer or water separator, etc. Air that includes excessive drainage may cause malfunction of valves and other pneumatic equipment. To prevent this, install an after cooler, air dryer or water separator, etc. Warning Mounting. Do not use the switch unless it operates normally. After installation, repair or reform, connect air and electricity and conduct appropriate function and leakage tests to confirm proper installation. 2. Observe the prescribed tightening torque in installation. If screws are tightened with a force beyond the tightening torque range, it can cause damage to the mounting screws, mounting brackets and switches. If the force is below the tightening torque range, the fixing screws can come loose during operation. connection thread :/8, / Nominal size M5 /8 /. Detection port Do not insert wire, etc. into pressure port. It will damage the pressure sensor and cause malfunction. Warning Proper tightening torque N m /6 rotation after manual tightening 7 to 9 2 to Maintenance. Removal of the product. Shut off the fluid supply and release the fluid pressure inside the system. 2. Shut off the power supply.. Remove the product. 2. Perform periodic inspections to confirm proper operation. Unexpected malfunctions or incorrect operation can cause possible danger.. Be careful when using the air catch sensor in an interlocking circuit. When using the air catch sensor in an interlocking circuit, build a multiple interlocking system to prevent trouble or malfunction. At the same time, perform periodic inspections to confirm proper operation. Caution. When the body becomes dirty. Wipe off dirt with soft cloth. In case of heavy dirt, soak the cloth in neutral detergent diluted with water, wring the water out, wipe off the dirt with the cloth and finish with dry cloth. 26

131 Series ISA2 Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Common Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Warning Warning Wiring. Confirm the colours and terminal numbers of the wires when connecting. Incorrect wiring can lead to damage, failure and malfunction. Confirm colours and terminal numbers in the operation manual when wiring. 2. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching lead wires. Broken wires will result from applying repeated bending stress or stretching force to the lead wires. Replace any lead wire that is damaged and can possibly cause malfunction.. Confirm proper insulation of wiring. Be certain that there is no faulty wiring insulation (contact with other circuits, ground fault, improper insulation between terminals, etc.) Damage may occur due to excess current flow into an air catch sensor.. Do not run wiring near power lines or high voltage lines. Wire separately from power lines or high voltage lines, avoiding parallel wiring or wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Control circuits containing auto switches may malfunction due to noise from these other lines. 5. Do not allow short circuit of loads. Take special care to avoid reverse wiring with the power supply line (brown) and the output line (black). Operating Environment. Never use in an atmosphere of explosive gases. The construction of air catch sensor is not intended to prevent explosion. Never use in an atmosphere with an explosive gas since this may cause a serious explosion. 2. Do not use in an atmosphere of corrosive gases, chemicals, sea water, water, or vapor or in an environment where such a substance adheres.. Do not use in environment where vibration or impact occurs.. Do not operate in a location near a heat source or where radiated heat will be received. 5. Take proper protection measures in an environment where water splashes, oil or spatters from welding may adhere to the product. 6. Do not use in locations where surge is generated. If there is equipment generating a large surge (such as a solenoid lifter, high frequency induction furnace or motor) around the air catch sensor, it can deteriorate or damage the circuit elements inside the air catch sensor. Apply surge protection measures to the source of the surge and keep the lines apart from each other. Pressure Source Warning. Use the air catch sensor within the specified fluid and ambient temperature range. The fluid and ambient temperature are to 6 C. Take measures to prevent freezing, since moisture in circuits may be frozen at or below 5 C, which can cause damage the O-ring and lead to malfunction. Installation of an air dryer is recommended to remove drain and moisture. Do not use the air catch sensor in an environment with sudden temperature changes even if the ambient temperature range is compliant with the specifications. Caution Piping. Preparation before piping Before piping is connected, it should be thoroughly blown out with air (flushing) or washed to remove chips, cutting oil and other debris from inside the pipe. Do not allow tensile, contracting or bending forces by piping to be applied to the valve body. 2. Wrapping of pipe tape When screwing together pipes and fittings, etc., be certain that chips from the pipe threads and sealing material do not get inside the piping. Also, when pipe tape is used, leave.5 to 2 thread ridges exposed at the end of the threads. Wrapping direction Expose approx. 2 threads Pipe tape PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 27

132 Series ISA2 Series ISA2 Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Air Catch Sensor Series ISA2 Warning Operating Environment. Do not use in an environment where vibration or impact occurs. Use a bracket in an environment with vibration exceeding m/s The enclosure of the switch conforms to IP66 and that for the solenoid valve to IP65. The pressure gauge and the regulator have open constructions. Take proper protection measures in an environment where water splashes, oil or spatters from welding may adhere to the product.. Since steel piping lacking flexibility is easily affected by moment loads or propagation of vibration, employ flexible tubing, etc., to prevent interactions of such factors.. Although CE accredited, this air catch sensor is not equipped with surge protection against lightning. Necessary counter-measures for possible lightning surge should be fitted to system components as required. 5. Do not operate in locations having an atmosphere of flammable, explosive or corrosive gases, which can result in fire, explosion or corrosion. The air catch sensor does not have an explosion proof rating. Caution. When an air catch sensor is contained in a box, provide an air outlet to constantly keep the atmospheric pressure inside the box. Internal pressure rises will hinder normal air discharge and may lead to possible malfunction. 2. The air outlet is provided on the setting dial section of the air catch sensor. Do not turn off air supply to the switch if water or cutting oil splashes around the setting dial. Caution Mounting. If the detection nozzle is exposed to splashes of water or cutting oil, do not allow backflow from the detection nozzle to the switch body. Install the switch body at a position higher than the detection nozzle wherever possible. Caution Piping. Piping equipment In the piping between the switch body and the detection nozzle, do not use equipment or fittings that can possibly cause leakage or serve as resistance. Do not use one-touch fittings in an environment where the air catch sensor is exposed to water or other liquid. 2 Port Solenoid Valve Series VCA Warning Precautions on Design. Energised continuously Consult SMC if the product is to be energised continuously for long periods of time. Caution Selection. Leakage voltage Take special precautions if a resistor is used in parallel with the switching element or a C-R element (for surge voltage protection) is used for protection of the switching element. The valve may fail to turn off due to leakage current flowing through the resistor or C-R element. Power supply Caution Switching element C OFF R Leakage voltage AC coil % or less rated voltage Warning Pressure Source. Supply air Since the orifice of the air catch sensor is small, prevent foreign matter from entering the equipment. For this purpose, use supply air that is dry and filtered 5µm or better. 2. Operating pressure Since the product adopts a semiconductor pressure sensor, keep the operating pressure not larger than.2 MPa. Leakage voltage Mounting DC coil 2% or less rated voltage Valve. Do not use the air catch sensor if the leakage amount increases or the equipment does not operate properly. After installation, connect compressed air and electricity and conduct an appropriate functionality inspection to confirm that the air catch sensor is installed properly. 2. Do not apply external force to the coil. Apply a wrench to the exterior surface of the piping joint at the time of tightening.. Do not use heat insulators, etc. to keep the temperature at the coil assembly. Do not use a tape heater for freeze prevention except on the piping and body. If may cause the coil to burn. 28

133 Series ISA2 Specific Product Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Modular Air Catch Sensor for Work Detection Series ISA2 Disassembly and Assembly Caution Before the product is disassembled, shut off the power and pressure supply and exhaust the residual pressure. Disassembly procedure. Remove the top mounting screws. 2. Remove the solenoid coil, spring and armature assembly.. If there is any foreign matter adhering on the surface, take appropriate measures to clear it off such as an air blow or washing with neutral detergent. Assembly procedure Reverse the above procedure to assemble the product. In case the electrical entry is changed, also change the mounting orientation of the solenoid coil before assembly. Note ) Tighten the mounting screws by each pair of corners on a diagonal line at the proper tightening torque shown below. 2 Port Solenoid Valve Series VCA Mounting screw Spring Solenoid coil Armature assembly O-ring Caution Wiring DIN connector (B type only) The internal wiring of the DIN connector is illustrated below. Connect each terminal to the power supply. Terminal No. DIN terminal : + () + + (-) 2: (+) No polarity. A compatible heavy duty cable with an O.D. ø6 to 2 mm is applicable. Tighten each part with an appropriate tightening torque shown below. Connector 2 Bind screw with a flange Tightening torque.5 to.6n m 2 - (+) PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 Body Washer Rubber seal Note) Fitting cable (Cable O.D. ø6 to 2mm) PSE56 Proper tightening torque VCA27. to.5 N m Gasket Small bind screw Tightening torque.5 to.6n m PSE2 Note) With a cable O.D. ø9 to 2 mm, hollow the rubber sealing before use. Caution Wiring. Use electrical wires with a conductive sectional area of.5 to.25 mm2. Make sure that no excessive force is applied to the wires. 2. Adopt an electrical circuit which will not cause chattering at the contact.. The voltage variation must stay within the -% to +% range of the rated voltage. In case importance is attached to response characteristics due to use of a DC power source, keep the variation within the -5% to +5% range. The voltage drop is the value at the lead wire to which the coil is connected. Conduit terminal In case of a conduit terminal, refer to the marks below for wiring. Tighten each part with an appropriate tightening torque shown below. Seal the piping part (G /2) securely with a dedicated electric wiring pipe, etc. - Mark Round head combination screw M Tightening torque.5 to.6 N m Mark Round head combination screw M tightening torque.5 to.6n m View A-A (Internal connection diagram) Terminal cover A Conduit terminal A G /2 Tightening torque.5 to.6n m PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 29

134 Series ISA2 Series ISA2 Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. 2 Port Solenoid Valve Series VCA Regulator Series AR Caution Electric Circuit In case of series VC (B type coil) Conduit terminal, DIN type connector DC circuit AC circuit (+, -) 2 (-, +) Without indicator light Without indicator light Conduit terminal, DIN type connector DC circuit AC circuit Rectifying (+, -) 2 (-, +) ZNR Indicator light With indicator light Warning ZNR SOL. SOL. 2 2 Maintenance ZNR ZNR Indicator light device With indicator light Rectifying device SOL. SOL.. Low-frequency operation Perform valve switching at least every days to prevent malfunction. Also, conduct a periodic inspection at intervals of approximately 6 months to use the product in its best condition. Warning. The adjustment knob must be handled manually. Use of tools may cause damage to the product. 2. Check the inlet and outlet pressure indications on the pressure gauge while setting. If the knob is turned to excess, it may cause internal parts to fracture.. Since products for.2 to.2 MPa settings come with a pressure gauge for.2 MPa, do not apply pressure exceeding.2 MPa. It may cause damage to the pressure gauge. Caution Mounting and Adjustment. Unlock the knob before pressure adjustment and lock it again when the adjustment is over. Incorrect procedure may cause damage to the knob or lead to the outlet pressure fluctuation. Pull the adjustment knob to release the lock. An orange coloured line is provided at the bottom of the adjustment handle for visual checking. Push the pressure regulation knob to engage the lock. If it does not lock easily, turn the knob slightly clockwise or counterclockwise until the orange coloured line goes out of sight. 2. When the product is installed, leave a space of 6 mm on the side of the valve guide (opposite to the knob) for maintenance and inspection. Manual Operation Warning How to operate manually Locking type (tool required) To open valve: Rotate to the right by 9 using a flat head screwdriver. It will still hold open even when the driver removed. To close valve: Rotate to the left by 9 to achieve the former closed position. Electrical operations should be undertaken when the valve is closed. Valve closed (vertical slit) Valve open (horizontal slit)

135 For Air For Water PF2 Series PF2A PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Series PF2W PSE55 For De-ionised Water and Chemicals PSE56 Series PF2D PSE2 Series PF22 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

136 2 Flow rate setting and monitoring are possible with the digital display. Two types are available: Integrated and Remote type. Three types of output: Switch, accumulated pulse, and analogue outputs. Switching from real-time flow rate to accumulated flow is possible. 5 Two independent flow rate settings are possible. 6 Water resistant construction conforming to IP65 (Accumulated flow rate is reset when the power supply turns OFF.) For Air Series PF2A For Water Series PF2W For De-ionised Water and Chemicals Series PF2D A single controller can monitor the flow rate of different sensors. 2 independent flow rate ranges can be monitored by a single controller. -channel Flow Monitor Series PF22 76 % reduced intallation space (Compared with a PF2A and PF2W, when panel mounted.) Reduced panel fitting labor mm PF22 Connection CONNECTOR No tools required! Power supply/output connector Function Copy function Possible to copy information from one channel to one or more other channels. Copying CH setting to CH2, and. Sensor connector Channel scan function Allows constant monitoring of the displayed flow rate value for each channel. mm 2 65 mm PF2A/PF2W2 are panel-mounted. CH copy copy copy CH2 CH CH Key lock function Unit switching function Peak value and lowest value holding

137 A COM B COM DC2V GND F.G. R.S. HOLD COM BANK BANK2 UP COUNT PRESET FUNC. LEFT RIGHT DOWN MODE SEL. SET AC~2VCOM OUTOUT2OUTOUTOUT5S.STOP RD SD SG RS-22C For Air P. Flow rate measurement range l/min to 5 to 5 to 2 to 2 5 to 5 5 to to 6 6 to 2 Flow rate measurement range l/min.5 to 2 to 6 5 to to Integrated type PF2A7 PF2A75 PF2A7 PF2A72 PF2A75 PF2A7H PF2A76H PF2A72H Integrated type PF2W7(T) PF2W72(T) PF2W7(T) PF2W7 Sensor unit PF2A5 PF2A55 PF2A5 PF2A52 PF2A55 For Water Sensor unit PF2W5(T) PF2W52(T) PF2W5(T) PF2W5 Remote type Display unit PF2W PF2W For De-ionised Water and Chemicals Remote type Display unit PF2A PF2A Display unit (ch) PF2A2 P. 5 Display unit (ch) PF2W2 P. PSE56 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 Flow control of N2 gas to prevent detection Clean gas filter camera shimmering and lead frame oxidation Set the clean gas filter on the outlet side piping of the flow switch. Makes it possible to monitor the air flow from the main line to each branch line. Flow rate measurement range l/min. to.8 to 2. to Main line flow control Sensor unit PF2D5 PF2D52 PF2D5 Application Examples Flow control of cooling water for wafer temperature regulation and high frequency power supply Flow control for each branch line Remote type Display unit M/C M/C M/C PF2D Flow control of pressurised cooling water for welding gun The accumulated pulse output function enables remote monitoring of accumulated flow. MULTI COUNTER:CEU5 Pulse counter Display unit (ch) PF2D2 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE (Refer to page 6.)

138

139 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air Series PF2A PF2A PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 5

140 Series PF2A For Air Digital Flow Switch Series PF2A Refer to for details of products compatible with overseas standards. How to Order Integrated Display Type Flow rate range to l/min 5 5 to 5 l/min to l/min 2 2 to 2 l/min 5 5 to 5 l/min Note ) For digital flow switch with unit switching function. (Fixed SI unit [(l/min, or l, m or m x )] will be set for switch type without the unit switching function.) Note 2) Flow rate display can be switched between the basic condition of C,. kpa and the standard condition (ANR) of 2 C,. kpa, and 65% RH. Note ) Without lead wire. Note ) Accumulated flow rate is reset when the power supply turns OFF. Note 5) Switch output and accumulated pulse output can be selected during initial setting. Note 6) Window comparator mode Since hysteresis will reach digits, keep P_ and P_2 or n_ and n_2 apart by 7 digits or more. (In case of output OUT2, n_, 2 to be n_, and P_, 2 to be P_,.) Note 7) The flow switch conforms to the CE mark. 6 Symbol 2 Specifications PF2A7 27 Port size /8 / /8 /2 Thread type 5 Nil N F Model Measured fluid Flow rate measurement range Set flow rate range Rated flow range Minimum set unit Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value (Pulse width: 5 ms) Note, 2) Real-time flow rate Display units Accumulated flow Operating fluid temperature Linearity Repeatability Temperature characteristics Current consumption (No load) Weight Note ) Port size (Rc, NPT, G) Detection type Indicator light Operating pressure range Proof pressure Accumulated flow range Note ) Resistance Output Note 5) specifications Switch output Accumulated pulse output Status LED s Response time Hysteresis Power supply voltage Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Rc NPT G Port size Flow rate (l/min) Applicable model 2 5 PF2A7/75 PF2A7/72 PF2A75.5 to.5 l/min.5 to.5 l/min to l/min. l/min. l/pulse Symbol to 52.5 l/min 2.5 to 52.5 l/min 5 to 5 l/min.5 l/min.5 l/pulse Lead wire (Refer to page 5.) Symbol N M Output specification M2 m lead wire with connector Without lead wire Output specification NPN open collector 2 outputs PNP open collector 2 outputs Air, Nitrogen 5 to 5 l/min 5 to 5 l/min to l/min l/min l/pulse Unit specification Nil M to 2 l/min to 2 l/min 2 to 2 l/min 2 l/min 2 l/pulse With unit switching function Fixed SI unit Note) Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l PF2A7 PF2A75 PF2A7 PF2A72 PF2A75 25 to 525 l/min 25 to 525 l/min 5 to 5 l/min 5 l/min 5 l/pulse l/min, CFM x -2 l/min, CFM x - l, ft x - to 5 C ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±2% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less (5 to 5 C, based on 25 C), ±5% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) 5 ma or less 6 ma or less 7 ma or less 25 g 29 g /8, / /8 /2 Heater type -digit, 7-segment LED 5 kpa to.5 MPa 5 kpa to.75 MPa. MPa to l Maximum load current: 8 ma; Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) NPN open collector Maximum applied voltage: V; 2 outputs PNP open collector Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop:.5 V or less (with load current of 8 ma); 2 outputs NPN or PNP open collector (same as switch output) Illuminates up when output is ON OUT: Green; OUT2: Red sec. or less Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ), Window comparator mode Note 6) : -digit fixed 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) IP65 Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω or more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case. to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller. (de-energised) 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns

141 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air Series PF2A Remote Type Sensor Unit PF2A5 Flow rate range to l/min 5 5 to 5 l/min to l/min 2 2 to 2 l/min 5 5 to 5 l/min Symbol 2 Port size /8 / /8 /2 5 Thread type Nil N F How to Order Rc NPT G Port size Flow rate (l/min) Applicable model 2 5 PF2A5/55 PF2A5/52 PF2A55 Symbol Nil 2 Lead wire (Refer to page 5.) Nil N M2 m lead wire with connector Without lead wire Specification C Nil C Output for display unit Output for display unit + analogue output ( to 5 V) Output for display unit + analogue output ( to 2 ma) Option (Refer to page 5.) None e-con connector x pc. The cable and connector are shipped unassembled. Output specification Applicable display unit (monitor) model Series PF2A Series PF2A2/ Series PF2A PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Specifications Model Measured fluid Detection type Rated flow range Operating pressure range Proof pressure Operating fluid temperature Linearity Note ) Repeatability Note ) Temperature characteristics Resistance Output Note 2) specifications Output for display unit Analogue output Power supply voltage Current consumption (No load) Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Weight Note ) Port size (Rc, NPT, G) PF2A5 PF2A55 to l/min 5 to 5 l/min Air, Nitrogen Heater type to l/min 5 kpa to.5 MPa 5 kpa to.75 MPa. MPa to 5 C ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less (Connected with PF2A), ±%F.S. or less (Connected with PF2A2) ±2% F.S. or less (5 to 5 C, based on 25 C) ±% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) Analogue voltage output (non-linear) output impedance kω output for display unit PF2A Voltage output to 5 V (within the flow rate range) Linearity: ±5% F.S. or less; allowable load resistance: kω or more. Current output to 2 ma (within the flow rate range) Linearity: ±5% F.S. or less; allowable load resistance: Ω or less with 2 VDC, 6 Ω or less with 2 VDC 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) ma or less PF2A5 PF2A52 PF2A55 2 to 2 l/min 5 to 5 l/min IP65 Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω or more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case. to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, whichever is smaller. 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns ma or less 2 g 2 g /8, / /8 /2 Note ) The system accuracy when combined with PF2A2/. Note 2) Output system can be selected during initial setting. Note ) Without lead wire. (Add 2 g for the types of analogue output whether voltage or current output selected.) Note ) Flow rate unit measured under the following conditions: C and. kpa. Note 5) The sensor unit conforms to the CE mark. 7 PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

142 Series PF2A How to Order Display Unit PF2A A Remote Type M Flow rate range Symbol Flow rate range to l/min 5 to 5 l/min to l/min 2 to 2 l/min 5 to 5 l/min Specifications Type for sensor unit PF2A5 PF2A55 PF2A5 PF2A52 PF2A55 Mounting A Output specification Symbol Panel mounting Output specification NPN open collector 2 outputs PNP open collector 2 outputs Unit specification Nil With unit switching function M Fixed SI unit Note) Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l Applicable model PF2A, PF2A, Model Flow rate measurement range Note ) Set flow rate range Note ) Minimum set unit Note ) Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value (Pulse width: 5 ms) Note ) Note 2, ) Real-time flow rate Display units Accumulated flow Accumulated flow range Note ) Linearity Note 5) Repeatability Note 5) Temperature characteristics Current consumption (No load) Weight.5 to.5 l/min.5 to.5 l/min. l/min. l/pulse PF2A/ l/min, CFM x -2 5 ma or less 2.5 to 52.5 l/min 2.5 to 52.5 l/min.5 l/min.5 l/pulse 5 to 5 l/min 5 to 5 l/min l/min l/pulse l, ft x - to l ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less (5 to 5 C, based on 25 C) ±2% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) 5 g PF2A/ to 2 l/min to 2 l/min 2 l/min 2 l/pulse l/min, CFM x - 6 ma or less 25 to 525 l/min 25 to 525 l/min 5 l/min 5 l/pulse Resistance Output Note 6) specifications Accumulated pulse output Indicator light Status LEDís Power supply voltage Response time Hysteresis Impact resistance 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Noise resistance Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns Note ) The flow rate measurement range can be modified depending on the setting. Note 2) For digital flow switch with unit switching function. (Fixed SI unit [l/min or l] will be set for switch types without the unit switching function.) Note ) Flow rate display can be switched between the basic condition of C,. kpa and the standard condition (ANR) of 2 C,. kpa, and 65% RH. Note ) Accumulated flow rate is reset when the power supply turns OFF. Note 5) The system accuracy when combined with PF2A5. Note 6) Switch output and accumulated pulse output can be selected during initial setting. Note 7) Window comparator mode Since hysteresis will reach digits, keep P_ and P_2 or n_ and n_2 apart by 7 digits or more. (In case of output OUT2, n_, 2 to be n_, and P_, 2 to be P_,.) Note 8) The display unit conforms to the CE mark. 8 Switch output Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance NPN open collector (PF2A, PF2A) PNP open collector (PF2A, PF2A) Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) Maximum applied voltage: V 2 outputs Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop:.5 V or less (with load current of 8 ma) 2 outputs NPN or PNP open collector (same as switch output) -digit, 7-segment LED Illuminates up when output is ON OUT: Green; OUT2: Red 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) sec. or less Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ), Window comparator mode Note 7) : Fixed (-digits) IP Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω or more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case. to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller.

143 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air Series PF2A -channel Flow Monitor Remote Type Display Unit Accessory / Power supply output cable (2 m) Specifications Model Applicable flow rate sensor Flow rate measurement range Note ) Set flow rate range Note ) Minimum set unit Note ) Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value (Pulse width: 5 ms) Note ) Note, 2) Real-time flow rate Display units Accumulated flow Accumulated flow range Note ) Power supply voltage Current consumption Power supply voltage for sensor Power supply current for sensor Note ) Sensor input No. of inputs Input protection Output Note ) specifications Hysteresis Response time Note 5) Linearity Note 5) Repeatability Note 5) Temperature characteristics Display method Status LED s Enclosure Operating temperature range Operating humidity range Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Connection Material Weight Resistance Switch output (Real-time switch output, Accumulated switch output) Accumulated pulse output No. of outputs Output protection PF2A2 Output specification NPN outputs PNP outputs Nil M Unit specification With unit switching function Fixed SI unit Note) Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l PF2A5--.5 to.5 l/min.5 to.5 l/min. l/min. l/pulse How to Order M PF2A to 52.5 l/min 2.5 to 52.5 l/min.5 l/min.5 l/pulse Nil A B Option 2 (Refer to page 5.) Nil C None Sensor connector ( pc.) Option (Refer to page 5.) None Panel mounting Front protective cover + Panel mounting Connectable remote type sensor part is PF2A5-- (with analogue output to 5 V). PF2A2/2 PF2A5-- 5 to 5 l/min 5 to 5 l/min l/min l/pulse PF2A52-- to 2 l/min to 2 l/min 2 l/min 2 l/pulse l/min, CFM x -2 l/min, CFM x - l, ft x -2 l, ft x - to l, to ft x -2 to l, to ft x - 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) (With power supply polarity protection) 55 ma or less (Not including the current consumption of the sensor) Same as [Power supply voltage] Max. ma (However, the total current for the inputs is ma maximum or less.) to 5 VDC (Input impedance: Approx. 8K Ω) NPN open collector (PF2A2) PNP open collector (PF2A2) inputs Excess voltage protection Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) Maximum applied voltage: V Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) NPN open collector or PNP open collector (same as switch output) outputs ( output per sensor input) With short circuit protection Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ), Window comparator mode: Fixed (-digits) s or less ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±2% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) For measured value display: -digits, 7-segment LED (Orange) For channel display: -digit, 7-segment LED (Red) Illuminates when output is ON OUT: Red IP65 for the front face only, and IP for the remaining parts. Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (with no freezing and condensation) Operating or Stored: 5 to 85%RH (with no condensation) to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller. (de-energised) 98 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each (de-energised) 5 Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns Power supply / Output connection: 8P connector, Sensor connection: P connector (e-con) Housing: PBT, Display: PET, Backside rubber: CR 6 g (Except for any accessories that are shipped together) PF2A to 525 l/min 25 to 525 l/min 5 l/min 5 l/pulse Note ) Fixed SI unit [l/min or l] will be set for switch types without the unit switching function. ( -M is suffixed at the end of part number.) Accumulated flow is reset when the power supply turns OFF. Note 2) Flow rate display can be switched between the basic condition of C,. kpa and the standard condition (ANR) of 2 C,. kpa, and 65% RH. Note ) If Vcc side on sensor input connector part is short-circuited with the V side, the flow monitor inside will be damaged. Note ) Switch output and accumulated pulse output can be selected during initial setting. Note 5) The system accuracy when combined with an applicable flow sensor. Note 6) This product conforms to the CE mark. 9 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

144 Series PF2A Flow Characteristics (Pressure Loss) PF2A7, 5 PF2A75, 55 PF2A7, 5.. Pressure loss (kpa) Pressure loss (kpa) Pressure loss (kpa) Flow rate (l/min) Flow rate (l/min) Flow rate (l/min) PF2A72, 52 2 PF2A75, 55 5 Pressure loss (kpa) 5 5 Pressure loss (kpa) Flow rate (l/min) Flow rate (l/min) Sensor Unit Construction PF2A7/75 PF2A5/55 PF2A7/72/75 PF2A5/52/55 q w e r w t w e Flow direction q w e r t y Flow direction Parts list No. 2 5 Parts list No Description Attachment Seal Mesh Body Sensor Description Attachment Seal Spacer Mesh Body Sensor Material ADC NBR Stainless steel PBT PBT Material ADC NBR PBT Stainless steel PBT PBT

145 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air Series PF2A Dimensions: Integrated Display Type for Air PF2A7, ø. FLOW SWITCH OUT FOR AIR Flow direction OUT2 UP SET DOWN (2.2) PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Main circuit Main circuit Brown OUT Black OUT2 2 White Blue PF2A7--27(-M) + 2 to 2 VDC Brown OUT Black White 2 OUT2 + 2 to 2 VDC Blue PF2A7--67(-M) 2-Port size 2 -ø.5 5 PF2A7, 72, 75 (2.2) Connector pin numbers 7 2-Port size ø.5 Flow direction OUT OUT2 FOR AIR 6 88 FLOW SWITCH 5 U P SET DOWN Pin no. 2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 2 Pin description DC(+) OUT2 DC( ) OUT

146 Series PF2A Dimensions: Remote Type Sensor Unit for Air PF2A5, 55 Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Output specification Output for display unit only Output for display unit + Analogue output A 2 52 (mm) B (.2) A Main circuit Sensor unit NC 2 Brown White Black Blue Display unit (PF2A/) 2 Main circuit PF2A5- Switch output + 2 to 2 VDC B ø. Flow direction Main circuit Sensor unit Analogue output 2 White Display unit (PF2A/) Brown 2 6 Black Main circuit 8 7 Switch output + 2 to 2 VDC Blue 5 is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter. PF2A5-- (With voltage output type) 2-Port size 2 5 -ø.5 5 Display unit Sensor unit (PF2A/) Brown Analogue 2 6 output 2 8 White Black 7 Main circuit Main circuit Switch output + 2 to 2 VDC Blue 5 PF2A5, 52, 55 is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter. PF2A5--2 (With voltage output type) Wiring Brown () DC(+) Output specification Output for display unit only Output for display unit + Analogue output A 8 58 (mm) B (.2) A Main circuit Black () OUT (Output for display unit) White (2) NC/Analogue output Blue () DC( ) Use this sensor by connecting it to a SMC remote type display unit Series PF2A2/. B 2.6 Flow direction Connector pin numbers 2 2-Port size 5 -ø.5 5 Pin no. 2 Pin description DC(+) NC/Analogue output DC( ) OUT 2

147 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air Series PF2A Dimensions: Remote Type Display Unit for Air PF2A-A Panel mounting type Panel fitting dimensions The applicable panel thickness is to.2 mm x 7.2 (=2.6) View A.8 8-M Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Sensor Black Brown Blue Series PF2A5 Sensor Black Brown Blue Series PF2A5 NC 2 NC 2 Main circuit Main circuit PF2A-A PF2A-A OUT2 OUT + 2 to 2 VDC OUT2 OUT + 2 to 2 VDC Do not connect the white wire of the sensor to. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE SMC FLOW SWITCH 5.8 A RESET SET UNIT Terminal block numbers 2 PSE55 2 PSE56 Analogue output to 5 VDC Analogue output [V] 5 Part no. Min. measured flow rate value PF2A5-- PF2A55-- PF2A5-- PF2A52-- PF2A55-- Normal condition Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] Max. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] Standard condition Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] Real-time flow rate [l/min] Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] to 2 madc Analogue output [ma] 2 Min. measured flow rate value Part no. PF2A5--2 PF2A55--2 PF2A5--2 PF2A52--2 PF2A Normal condition Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] Max. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] Real-time flow rate [l/min] Standard condition Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

148 Series PF2A Dimensions: Remote Type Display Unit for Air (-channel Flow Monitor) PF2A2, 2 Front protective cover + Panel mounting. (7.5) L/min L 6.8 OUT SMC FLOW CH SET Sensor connector (option) 9. (2) or more 55 or more 6. Front protective cover Waterproof seal Panel Panel mounting adapter Panel fitting dimensions Applicable panel thickness:.5 to 8 mm

149 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air Series PF2A Dimensions: Remote Type Display Unit for Air (-channel Flow Monitor) Power supply / Output connector (8P) q w e r t y u i Pin no. q w e r t y u i Terminal DC (+) DC ( ) CH_OUT N.C. CH2_OUT CH_OUT CH_OUT N.C. Sensor connector port Power supply / Output connector port Sensor connector (P x ) Pin no. q w e r r e w q Power supply / Output connector (accessory) Pin no. 8 Yellow N.C. 7 Green CH_OUT 6 Red CH_OUT 5 Gray CH2_OUT White N.C. Black CH_OUT 2 Blue DC( ) Brown DC(+) Terminal DC+ N.C. DC IN: to 5 V Connector no. 2 Connector (option) Cable wire colour Brown Not used Blue White 2 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 Internal circuits and wiring examples PF2A2 PF2A2 PSE2 Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 Main circuit DC (+) (Brown) CH_OUT (Black) CH2_OUT (Gray) CH_OUT (Red) CH_OUT (Green) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 VDC Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 Main circuit DC (+) (Brown) CH_OUT (Black) CH2_OUT (Gray) CH_OUT (Red) CH_OUT (Green) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 VDC PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 5

150 Series PF2A For Air Digital Flow Switch/High Flow Rate Type Series PF2A Refer to for details of products compatible with overseas standards. How to Order Integrated Display Type Flow rate range to l/min to 6 l/min 6 to 2 l/min Symbol 2 Specifications PF2A7 High flow rate type Port specification Port size /2 2 H Nil N F Flow rate (l/min) 6 2 Rc NPT G Port size Applicable model PF2A7H PF2A76H PF2A72H Output specification Lead wire (Refer to page 5.) Nil N M M2 m lead wire with connector Without lead wire Unit specification Nil M NPN open collector output + Analogue output ( to 5 V) NPN open collector output + Analogue output ( to 2 ma) PNP open collector output + Analogue output ( to 5 V) PNP open collector output + Analogue output ( to 2 ma) Switching of switch output and accumulated pulse output is possible with NPN or PNP open collector outputs. With unit switching function Fixed SI unit Note) Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l, m, m x Model Measured fluid Detection type Rated flow range Note ) Minimum set unit Note ) Note 2) Display units Operating pressure range Proof pressure Pressure loss Accumulated flow range Linearity Note ) Repeatability Pressure characteristics Temperature characteristics Output specifications Response time Hysteresis Power supply voltage Current consumption Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Resistance Weight Port size (Rc, NPT, G) 6 Real-time flow rate Accumulated flow Switch output Note ) Accumulated Note ) pulse output Analogue output Note 5) PF2A7H 5 to l/min 5 l/min PF2A76H Dry air, Nitrogen Heater type to 6 l/min l/min, CFM l, m, m x, ft, ft x, ft x 6. to.5 MPa 2.25 MPa 2 kpa (at maximum flow rate) to 9,999,999,999 l ±.5% F.S. or less (.7 MPa, at 2 C) ±.% F.S. or less (.7 MPa, at 2 C), ±.% of F.S. or less in case of analogue output ±.5% F.S. or less (. to.5 MPa, based on.7 MPa) ±2.% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) NPN open collector Max. load current: 8 ma; Max. applied voltage: V; Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) PNP open collector Max. load current: 8 ma; Internal voltage drop:.5 V or less (with load current of 8 ma) Flow rate per pulse: l/pulse,. ft NPN or PNP open collector /pulse ON time per pulse width: 5 msec sec. or less Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ); Window comparator mode: (can be set from to % F.S.) 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) 5 ma or less IP65 to 5 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller.. kg (without lead wire) 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns. kg (without lead wire) /2 l/min Output voltage: to 5 V; impedance: kω or more Output current: to 2 ma; impedance: 25 Ω or less PF2A72H 6 to 2 l/min 2. kg (without lead wire) 2 Note ) Flow rate display can be switched between the basic condition of C,. kpa and the standard condition (ANR) of 2 C,. kpa, and 65% RH. Note 2) For digital flow switch with unit switching function. (Fixed SI unit [(l/min, or l, m or m x )] will be set for switch type without the unit switching function.) Note ) The high flow rate type is CE marked; however, the linearity with applied noise is ±5% F.S. or less. Note ) Switch output and accumulated pulse output selections are made using the button controls. Note 5) The analogue output operates only for real-time flow rate, and does not operate for accumulated flow.

151 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air Series PF2A Flow Characteristics (Pressure Loss) PF2A7H Pressure loss (kpa) Flow rate (l/min) Construction q w e y r t Flow direction PF2A76H Pressure loss (kpa) Flow rate (l/min) PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE2 PSE56 Parts list No. Description Attachment 2 Seal Mesh Body 5 Sensor 6 Spacer PF2A72H Pressure loss (kpa) Flow rate (l/min) Material Aluminum alloy HNBR Stainless steel Aluminum alloy PPS PBT Note Anodized Anodized 7

152 Series PF2A Dimensions PFA7H, 76H, 72H -I thread with depth J Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Connector pin numbers Pin no. 2 Pin description DC(+) Analogue output DC( ) OUT H (2.2) Main circuit Brown OUT Black Analogue output 2 White Blue Accumulated pulse output ON OFF 5 msec + 2 VDC is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter, ammeter. 28 PF2A7H-- 29 (-M) D 2 E F B Main circuit Brown OUT Black Analogue output 2 White Blue Accumulated pulse output ON OFF 5 msec + 2 VDC is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter, ammeter. 68 PF2A7H-- OUT 69 (-M) A Accumulated pulse output wiring examples U P SET MODE DOWN Max. V 8 ma or less 2-G 6 C Black Blue V or 5 msec 28 PF2A7H-- 29 (-M) 5 msec Model PF2A7H PF2A76H PF2A72H A B C 5 55 D 92 E F G Rc, NPT, G Rc /2, NPT /2, G /2 Rc2, NPT2, G2 H I M5 M6 M6 J Brown OUT Black 8 ma V 5 msec or 5 msec Analogue output to 5 VDC to 2 madc 68 PF2A7H-- 69 (-M) 5 2 Analogue output [V] Analogue output [V] Min. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value Real-time flow rate [l/min] Min. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value Real-time flow rate [l/min] 8 Part no. PF2A7H--28 PF2A7H--68 PF2A76H--28 PF2A76H--68 PF2A72H--28 PF2A72H--68 Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] 5 6 Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] 6 2 Part no. PF2A7H--29 PF2A7H--69 PF2A76H--29 PF2A76H--69 PF2A72H--29 PF2A72H--69 Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] 5 6 Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] 6 2

153 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W PF2W PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 9

154 Series PF2W For Water Digital Flow Switch Series PF2W Refer to for details of products compatible with overseas standards. How to Order 5 Integrated Display Type Flow rate range 2.5 to l/min 2 to 6 l/min 5 to l/min to l/min Model Measured fluid Flow rate measurement range Set flow rate range Rated flow range Minimum set unit Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value (Pulse width: 5 ms) Operating fluid temperature Linearity Repeatability Temperature characteristics Note ) Current consumption (No load) Weight Note 2) Port size (Rc, NPT, G) Detection type Indicator light Note ) Real-time flow rate Display units Accumulated flow Operating pressure range Proof pressure Accumulated flow range Note ) Ambient temperature range Output specifications Symbol 6 Port size /8 /2 / Specifications Status LED s Response time Hysteresis Power supply voltage Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Resistance Note 5) PF2W Switch output 6 Accumulated pulse output Thread type Nil N F Flow rate (l/min) Rc NPT G Port size Applicable model PF2W7, PF2W72 PF2W72, PF2W7 PF2W7, PF2W7 PF2W7 Output specification 27 NPN open collector 2 outputs 67 PNP open collector 2 outputs Unit specification Nil M With unit switching function Fixed SI unit Note) PF2W7 PF2W72 PF2W7 PF2W7 Water.5 to.5 l/min.7 to 7. l/min.5 to 5 l/min 7 to l/min.5 to.5 l/min.7 to 7. l/min.5 to 5 l/min 7 to l/min.5 to l/min 2 to 6 l/min 5 to l/min to l/min.5 l/min. l/min.5 l/min l/min.5 l/pulse. l/pulse.5 l/pulse l/pulse to 5 C ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±2% F.S. or less ±5% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) 7 ma or less 8 ma or less 6 g 52 g 7 g 5 g /8 /8, /2 /2, / /, Karman vortex -digit, 7-segment LED l/min, gal(us)/min l, gal(us) to MPa.5 MPa to l Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) NPN open collector: Maximum load current: 8 ma; Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma); Maximum applied voltage: V; 2 outputs PNP open collector: Maximum load current: 8 ma; Internal voltage drop:.5 V or less (with load current of 8 ma); 2 outputs NPN or PNP open collector (same as switch output) Illuminates when output is ON, OUT: Green; OUT2: Red sec. or less Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ), Window comparator mode Note 6) : -digit fixed 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) IP65 to 5 C VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω or more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller. 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns Note ) In the case of PF2W7, ±% of F.S. or less (5 C to 5 C, based on 25 C). Note 2) Without lead wire. Note ) For digital flow switch with unit switching function. (Fixed SI unit [l/min or l] will be set for switch type without the unit switching function.) Note ) Accumulated flow rate is reset when the power supply turns OFF. Note 5) Switch output and accumulated pulse output can be selected during initial setting. Note 6) Window comparator mode Since hysteresis will reach digits, keep P_ and P_2 or n_ and n_2 apart by 7 digits or more. (In case of output OUT2, n_, 2 to be n_, and P_, 2 to be P_,.) Note 7) This product conforms to the CE mark. Nil N M Lead wire (Refer to page 5.) M2 m lead wire with connector Without lead wire Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l

155 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W Remote Type Sensor Unit Symbol 6 Flow rate range.5 to l/min 2 2 to 6 l/min 5 to l/min to l/min Nil N F Thread type Rc NPT G How to Order PF2W5 2 Port size /8 /2 / Flow rate (l/min) 6 Port size Applicable model PF2W5, PF2W52 PF2W52, PF2W5 PF2W5, PF2W5 PF2W5 Symbol Nil 2 C Nil C Lead wire (Refer to page 5.) Nil N Option (Refer to page 5.) None e-con connector x pc. The cable and connector are shipped unassembled. M2 m lead wire with connector Without lead wire Specification Output for display unit Output for display unit + Analogue output ( to 5 V) Output for display unit + Analogue output ( to 2 ma) Output specification Applicable display unit (monitor) model Series PF2W Series PF2W2/ Series PF2W PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE Specifications Model Measured fluid Detection type Rated flow range Operating pressure range Withstand pressure Operating fluid temperature Linearity Note ) Note ) Repeatability Temperature characteristics Output Note 2) specifications Power supply voltage Current consumption (No load) Resistance Output for display unit Analogue output Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Weight Note ) Port size (Rc, NPT, G) PF2W5 PF2W52 PF2W5 PF2W5.5 to l/min 2 to 6 l/min to 5 C ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less Water Karman vortex to MPa.5 MPa 5 to l/min to l/min ±2% F.S. or less (5 to 5 C based on 25 C), ±% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) Pulse output, N channel, open drain, output for display unit PF2W. (Specifications: Maximum load current of ma; Maximum applied voltage of V) Voltage output to 5 V Linearity: ±5% F.S. or less; allowable load resistance: kω or more. to 5 C ±% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less (connected with PF2W) ±% F.S. or less (connected with PF2W2) Current output to 2 ma Linearity: ±5% F.S. or less; allowable load resistance: Ω or less with 2 VDC, 6 Ω or less with 2 VDC 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) 2 ma or less IP65 Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω or more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, whichever is smaller..9 m/s 2 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns g 7 g 65 g, g /8 /8, /2 /2, / /, Note ) The system accuracy when combined with PF2W2/. Note 2) Output system can be selected during initial setting. Note ) Without lead wire. (Add 2 g for the types of analogue output whether voltage or current output selected.) Note ) The sensor unitis conforms to the CE mark. 5 PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

156 Series PF2W How to Order Remote Type Display Unit PF2W A M Symbol Flow rate range Type for sensor unit.5 to l/min 2 to 6 l/min 5 to l/min to l/min Flow rate range PF2W5 PF2W52 PF2W5 PF2W5 Output specification NPN open collector 2 outputs PNP open collector 2 outputs Mounting A Panel mounting Panel mount adapter part no. Description Part No. Panel adapter B ZS-22-2 Unit specification Nil M With unit switching function Fixed SI unit Note) Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l Specifications Model PF2W/ PF2W/ Flow rate measurement range Note ).5 to.5 l/min.7 to 7. l/min.5 to 5 l/min 7 to l/min Set flow rate range Note ).5 to.5 l/min.7 to 7. l/min.5 to 5 l/min 7 to l/min Minimum set unit Note ).5 l/min. l/min.5 l/min l/min Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value (Pulse width: 5 ms) Note ) Note 2) Real-time flow rate Display units Accumulated flow Accumulated flow range Note ) Linearity Note ) Repeatability Note ) Temperature characteristics Current consumption (No load) Weight Resistance Output Note 5) specifications 52 Switch output Accumulated pulse output Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Indicator light Status LED s Power supply voltage Response time.5 l/pulse. l/pulse ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less 5 ma or less l/min, gal(us)/min l, gal(us) to l NPN or PNP open collector (same as switch output) IP Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω or more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller. 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns -digit, 7-segment LED Illuminates when output is ON, OUT: Green; OUT2: Red 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) sec. or less Hysteresis Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ) Window comparator mode: -digit fixed Note 6) Note ) Values vary depending on each set flow rate range. Note 2) For digital flow switch with unit switching function. (Fixed SI unit [l/min or l] will be set for switch types without the unit switching function.) Note ) Accumulated flow rate is reset when the power supply turns OFF. Note ) The system accuracy when combined with PF2W5. Note 5) Switch output and accumulated pulse output can be selected during initial setting. Note 6) Window comparator mode Since hysteresis (H) will reach digits, keep P_ and P_2 or n_ and n_2 apart by 7 digits or more. (In case of output OUT2, n_, 2 to be n_, and P_, 2 to be P_,.) Note 7) The display unit conforms to the CE mark. 5 g.5 l/pulse ±2% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C), ±% F.S. or less (5 to 5 C, based on 25 C) NPN open collector (PF2W, PF2W) PNP open collector (PF2W, PF2W) l/pulse ±% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less 6 ma or less Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) Maximum applied voltage: V 2 outputs Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop:.5 V or less (with load current of 8 ma) 2 outputs

157 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W -channel Flow Monitor Remote Type Display Unit Accessory / Power supply output cable (2 m) Specifications Model Applicable flow rate sensor Flow rate measurement range Note ) Set flow rate range Note ) Minimum set unit Note ) Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value (Pulse width: 5 ms) Note ) Note ) Real-time flow rate Display units Accumulated flow Accumulated flow range Note ) Power supply voltage Current consumption Power supply voltage for sensor Power supply current for sensor Note 2) Sensor input No. of inputs Input protection Output Note ) specifications PF2W2 Output specification NPN outputs PNP outputs Nil M Unit specification With unit switching function Fixed SI unit Note) Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l PF2W5/5T--.5 to.5 l/min.5 to.5 l/min.5 l/min.5 l/pulse How to Order M Nil A B.7 to 7. l/min.7 to 7. l/min. l/min. l/pulse Option 2 (Refer to page 5.) Nil C None Sensor connector ( pc.) Option (Refer to page 5.) None Panel mounting Front protective cover + Panel mounting PF2W2/2 PF2W52/52T-- PF2W5/5T-- l/min, gal(us)/min.5 to 5. l/min.5 to 5. l/min.5 l/min.5 l/pulse l, gal(us) to l, to gal(us) 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) (With power supply polarity protection) 55 ma or less (Note including the current consumption of the sensor) Same as [Power supply voltage] Max. ma (However, the total current for the inputs is ma maximum or less.) to 5 VDC (Input impedance: Approx. 8K Ω) inputs Excess voltage protection Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) Maximum applied voltage: V Maximum load current: 8 ma Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) NPN open collector or PNP open collector (same as switch output) outputs ( output per sensor input) Short circuit protection PF2W5-- 7 to l/min 7 to l/min l/min l/pulse Hysteresis Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ), Window comparator mode: Fixed (-digits) Response time Note ) s or less Linearity Note ) ±5% F.S. or less Repeatability Note ) ±% F.S. or less Temperature characteristics ±2% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) Display method For measured value display: -digits, 7-segment LED (Orange) For channel display: -digit, 7-segment LED (Red) Status LED s Illuminates when output is ON OUT: Red Enclosure IP65 for the front face only, and IP for the remaining parts. Operating temperature range Operating: to 5 C, Stored: to 6 C (with no freezing and condensation) Operating humidity range Operating or Stored: 5 to 85%RH (with no condensation) Vibration resistance to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller. (de-energised) Impact resistance 98 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each (de-energised) Noise resistance 5 Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns Connection Power supply / Output connection: 8P connector, Sensor connection: P connector (e-con) Material Housing: PBT, Display: PET, Backside rubber: CR Weight 6 g (Except for any accessories that are shipped together) Note ) Fixed SI unit [l/min or l] will be set for switch types without the unit switching function. ( -M is suffixed at the end of part number.) Accumulated flow is reset when the power supply turns OFF. Note 2) If Vcc side on sensor input connector part is short-circuited with V side, the flow monitor inside will be damaged. Note ) Switch output and accumulated pulse output can be selected during initial setting. Note ) The system accuracy when combined with applicable flow sensor. Note 5) This product conforms to the CE mark. Resistance Switch output (Real-time switch output, accumulated switch output) Accumulated pulse output No. of outputs Output protection Connectable remote type sensor part is PF2W5-- (with analogue output to 5 V). NPN open collector (PF2W2) PNP open collector (PF2W2) 5 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

158 Series PF2W Flow Characteristics (Pressure Loss) PF2W7, 5 PF2W72, 52 PF2W7, Pressure loss (MPa) Pressure loss (MPa)...2. Pressure loss (MPa) Flow rate (l/min) Flow rate (l/min) Flow rate (l/min) 5 PF2W7, 5.5. Pressure loss (MPa) Flow rate (l/min) Sensor Unit Construction Parts list No. 2 Description Attachment Seal Body Sensor Material Stainless steel NBR PPS PPS Flow direction 5

159 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W Dimensions: Integrated Display Type for Water PF2W7, 72 Model PF2W7 PF2W L Dimension L 6 FLOW SWITCH OUT OUT2 FOR WATER UP SET DOWN PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PF2W7 (2.2) 7 PSE56 PSE2 5 2-ø. Flow direction (2.2) Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Brown OUT Black OUT2 2 + White Blue 2 to 2 VDC PF2W7--27(-M): NPN type Main circuit Brown OUT Black White OUT2 2 + Blue 2 to 2 VDC PF2W7--67(-M): PNP type Main circuit Connector pin numbers 2-Port size -ø Pin no. 2 Pin description DC(+) OUT2 DC( ) OUT 2-Port size ø.5 Flow direction 2 6 FLOW SWITCH OUT OUT2 FOR WATER 5 U P S E T DOWN PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 55 55

160 Series PF2W Dimensions: Integrated Display Type for Water PF2W7 6 6 (2.2) Flow direction 8 8 FLOW SWITCH U P SET 5 OUT OUT2 DOWN 2-Port size 5 -ø

161 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W Dimensions: Remote Type Sensor Unit for Water PF2W5, 52-(N)- Output specification Output for display unit only Output for display unit + Analogue output A 2 52 B (mm) B (.2) A 5 2-ø. Flow direction L Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Sensor unit Main circuit Main circuit NC 2 Sensor unit Analogue output 2 White Display unit (PF2W/) Brown 2 6 White Black Blue Main circuit Display unit (PF2W/) Brown 2 6 Main circuit Switch output Switch output 2 to 2 VDC 2 to 2 VDC Black 5 Blue is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter. PF2W5-- (With voltage output type) PF2W PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE 2-Port size Model PF2W5 PF2W52 6 L dimension 6 -ø.5 5 Sensor unit Main circuit Analogue output 2 White Display unit (PF2W/) Brown 2 6 Black Blue Main circuit Switch output 2 to 2 VDC + PSE55 PSE56 PF2W5-(N)- is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter. PF2W5--2 (With voltage output type) PSE2 Output specification Output for display unit only Output for display unit + Analogue output 2-Port size B A (mm) B A (.2) 6 5 -ø.5 Flow direction Wiring Main Circuit Connector pin numbers 2 Pin no. 2 Brown () DC(+) Black () OUT (Output for display unit) White (2) NC/Analogue output Blue () DC( ) Use this sensor by connecting it to a SMC remote type display unit Series PF2W2/. Pin description DC(+) NC/Analogue output DC( ) OUT 57 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

162 Series PF2W Dimensions: Remote Type Sensor Unit for Water PF2W5-(N)- A (.2) (mm) Output specification A B Output for display unit only Output for display unit + Analogue output B 2 Flow direction 2-Port size 5 2 -ø5.5 6 Analogue output to 5 VDC to 2 madc 5 2 Analogue output [V] Analogue output [ma] Min. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value Real-time flow rate [l/min] Min. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value Real-time flow rate [l/min] Part no. PF2W5-- PF2W52-- PF2W5-- PF2W5-- Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] 6 Part no. PF2W5--2 PF2W52--2 PF2W5--2 PF2W5--2 Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] 6 58

163 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W Dimensions: Remote Type Display Unit for Water PF2W-A Panel mounting type Panel fitting dimension The applicable panel thickness is to.2 mm.. A x 7.2 (= 2.6) 8-M View A.8 SMC FLOW SWITCH RESET SET UNIT Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Sensor Black Brown Blue Series PF2W5 Sensor Black Brown Blue NC 2 NC 2 Main circuit Main circuit PF2W-A 2 to 2 VDC Series PF2W5 PF2W-A Do not connect the white wire of the sensor to OUT2 OUT OUT2 OUT to 2 VDC PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 Terminal block numbers 2 PSE56 2 PSE PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 59

164 Series PF2W Dimensions: Remote Type Display Unit for Water (-channel Flow Monitor) PF2W2, 2 Front protective cover + Panel mounting. (7.5) L/min L 6.8 OUT SMC FLOW CH SET 9. (2) Sensor connector (option) or more 55 or more 6. Front protective cover Waterproof seal Panel Panel mounting adapter 6 Panel fitting dimensions Applicable panel thickness:.5 to 8 mm

165 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W Dimensions: Remote Type Display Unit for Water (-channel Flow Monitor) q w e r t y u i Pin no. q w e r t y u i Terminal DC (+) DC ( ) CH_OUT N.C. CH2_OUT CH_OUT CH_OUT N.C. Sensor connector port Power supply / Output connector port Power supply / Output connector (8P) Sensor connector (P x ) Pin no. q w e r r e w q Pin No. 8 Yellow N.C. 7 Green CH_OUT 6 Red CH_OUT 5 Gray CH2_OUT White N.C. Black CH_OUT 2 Blue DC( ) Brown DC(+) Terminal DC+ N.C. DC IN: to 5 V Connector no. 2 Power supply / Output connector (accessory) Connector (option) Cable wire colour Brown Not used Blue White 2 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 Internal circuits and wiring examples PF2W2 PF2W2 PSE2 Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 Main circuit DC (+) (Brown) CH_OUT (Black) CH2_OUT (Gray) CH_OUT (Red) CH_OUT (Green) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 VDC Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 NC 2 Main circuit DC (+) (Brown) CH_OUT (Black) CH2_OUT (Gray) CH_OUT (Red) CH_OUT (Green) DC ( ) (Blue) + 2 VDC PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 6

166 Series PF2W For Water Digital Flow Switch/High Temperature Fluid Type Series PF2W Refer to for details of products compatible with overseas standards. How to Order Integrated Display Type PF2W7 2 T 27 Flow rate range 2 Nil N F.5 to l/min 2 to 6 l/min 5 to l/min Thread type Rc NPT G Specifications Symbol 6 Temperature range T to 9 C Port size /8 /2 / Flow rate (l/min) 6 Port size Applicable model PF2W7T, PF2W72T PF2W72T, PF2W7T PF2W7T Lead wire (Refer to page 5.) Nil N M2 m lead wire with connector Without lead wire Output specification 27 NPN open collector 2 outputs 67 PNP open collector 2 outputs Unit specification Nil With unit switching function M Fixed SI unit Note) Note) Fixed units: Real-time flow rate: l/min Accumulated flow: l Model Measured fluid Flow rate measurement range Set flow rate range Rated flow range Minimum set unit Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value (Pulse width: 5 ms) Operating fluid temperature Linearity Repeatability Temperature characteristics Note ) Current consumption (No load) Weight Note 2) Port size (Rc, NPT, G) Detection type Indicator light Real-time flow rate Display units Note ) Accumulated flow Operating pressure range Withstand pressure Accumulated flow range Note ) Output Note 5) specifications Status LED s Response time Hysteresis Power supply voltage Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Resistance 62 Switch output Accumulated pulse output PF2W7T PF2W72T PF2W7T Water, Mixture of water (5%) and ethylene glycol (5%).5 to.5 l/min.7 to 7. l/min.5 to 5 l/min.5 to.5 l/min.7 to 7. l/min.5 to 5 l/min.5 to l/min 2 to 6 l/min 5 to l/min.5 l/min. l/min.5 l/min.5 l/pulse. l/pulse.5 l/pulse to 9 C (with no cavitation) ±5% F.S. or less ±% F.S. or less ±5% F.S. or less ( to 9 C, based on 25 C) 7 ma or less 7 g /8 /8, /2 /2, / Karman vortex -digit, 7-segment LED l/min, gal(us)/min l, gal(us) to MPa.5 MPa to l NPN open collector Maximum load current: 8 ma; Internal voltage drop: V or less (with load current of 8 ma) Maximum applied voltage: V; 2 outputs PNP open collector Maximum load current: 8 ma; Internal voltage drop:.5 V or less (with load current of 8 ma); 2 outputs NPN or PNP open collector (same as switch output) Illuminates when output is ON OUT: Green; OUT2: Red sec. or less Hysteresis mode: Variable (can be set from ); Window comparator mode Note 6) : -digit fixed 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) IP65 Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω and more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration in each X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs, whichever is smaller. 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns Note ) ±5% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C), ±% F.S. or less (5 to 5 C, based on 25 C) Note 2) Without lead wire. Note ) For digital flow switch with unit switching function. (Fixed SI unit [l/min or l] will be set for switch type without the unit switching function.) Note ) Accumulated flow rate is reset when the power supply turns OFF. Note 5) Switch output and accumulated pulse output can be selected during initial setting. Note 6) Window comparator mode Since hysteresis will reach digits, keep P_ and P_2 or n_ and n_2 apart by 7 digits or more. (In case of output OUT2, n_, 2 to be n_, and P_, 2 to be P_,.) Note 7) The flow switch conforms to the CE mark.

167 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W Remote Type Display Unit Flow rate range.5 to l/min 2 2 to 6 l/min 5 to l/min Symbol Specifications Model Measured fluid Detection type Rated flow range Resistance 6 Operating pressure range Withstand pressure Operating fluid temperature Linearity Note ) Repeatability Note ) Temperature characteristics Output Note 2) specifications Output for display unit Analogue output Power supply voltage Current consumption (No load) Enclosure Operating temperature range Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Weight Note ) Port size (Rc, NPT, G) PF2W5 2 Port size /8 /2 / Flow rate (l/min) 6 Nil N F T Temperature range T to 9 C PF2W5T Thread type Rc NPT G Port size Applicable model PF2W5T, 52T PF2W52T, 5T PF2W5T How to Order Symbol Nil 2 Lead wire (Refer to page 5.) Nil N.5 to l/min 2 to 6 l/min C Nil C M2 m lead wire with connector Without lead wire Specification Output for display unit Output for display unit + Analogue output ( to 5 V) Output for display unit + Analogue output ( to 2 ma) PF2W52T Water, Mixture of water (5%) and ethylene glycol (5%) Karman vortex to MPa.5 MPa to 9 C (with no cavitation) ±5% F.S. or less ±2% F.S. or less Option (Refer to page 5.) None e-con connector x pc. The cable and connector are shipped unassembled. Output specification Applicable display unit (monitor) model Series PF2W Series PF2W2/ Series PF2W PF2W5T 5 to l/min ±2% F.S. or less (5 to 5 C, based on 25 C), ±% F.S. or less ( to 5 C, based on 25 C) 2 to 2 VDC (ripple ±% or less) 2 ma or less IP65 Operating: to 5 C, Stored: 25 to 85 C (with no freezing and condensation) VAC for min. between external terminal and case 5M Ω or more (5 VDC Mega) between external terminal and case to 5 Hz with a.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s 2 acceleration, whichever is smaller. 9 m/s 2 in X, Y, Z directions times each Vp-p, Pulse width µs, Rise time ns /8 Pulse output, N channel, open drain, output for display unit PF2W. (Specifications: Maximum load current of ma; Maximum applied voltage of V) Voltage output to 5 V Linearity: ±5% F.S. or less; allowable load resistance: kω or more. Current output to 2 ma Linearity: ±5% F.S. or less; allowable load resistance: Ω or less with 2 VDC, 6 Ω or less with 2 VDC 66 g /8, /2 Note ) The system accuracy when combined with PF2W2/. Note 2) Output system can be selected during initial setting. Note ) Without lead wire. (Add 2g for the types of analogue output whether voltage or current output selected.) Note ) The sensor unit conforms to the CE mark. /2, / Display units are the same as those of remote type digital flow switch for water (series PF2W/PF2W2). Refer to pages 7, 8 for details. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 6

168 Series PF2W Flow Characteristics (Pressure Loss) PF2W7T, 5T PF2W72T, 52T PF2W7T, 5T..5.7 Pressure loss (MPa) Pressure loss (MPa)...2. Pressure loss (MPa) Flow rate (l/min) Flow rate (l/min) Flow rate (l/min) 5 Sensor Unit Construction Parts list No. 2 Description Attachment Seal Body Sensor Material Stainless steel FKM PPS PPS Flow direction 6

169 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for General Water Series PF2W Dimensions: Integrated Display Type for Water PF2W7T, 72T, 7T Flow direction 2 6 FLOW SWITCH (2.2) Connector pin numbers PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE 2 PSE55 PSE56 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE2 U P Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. Main circuit Main circuit Brown OUT Black OUT2 2 White + Blue PF2W7T--27(-M) Brown OUT Black White OUT2 2 Blue + PF2W7T--67(-M) 2 to 2 VDC 2 to 2 VDC 6 5 SET 2-Port size -ø.5 OUT OUT2 FOR WATER 5 DOWN Pin no. 2 Pin description DC(+) OUT2 DC( ) OUT 65

170 Series PF2W Dimensions: Remote Type Sensor Unit for Water PF2W5T, 52T, 5T-(N) Internal circuits and wiring examples to are the terminal numbers. (.2) Sensor unit Brown Display unit (PF2W/) 2 to 2 VDC 2 6 Output specification Output for display unit only Output for display unit + Analogue output A (mm) B A Main circuit NC 2 White 8 Switch + Black output 7 Blue 5 Main circuit PF2W5T- B 2.6 Flow direction 2 6 Sensor unit Brown Analogue output 2 White Black Main circuit Display unit (PF2W/) 2 to 2 VDC 2 6 Main circuit 8 7 Switch output + Blue is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter. PF2W5T-- (With voltage output type) 2-Port size -ø.5 5 Sensor unit Main circuit Analogue output 2 White Black Display unit (PF2W/) Brown 2 to 2 VDC 2 6 Main circuit 8 7 Switch output + Analogue output to 5 VDC to 2 madc Blue is an analogue input equipment such as a voltmeter. PF2W5T--2 (With voltage output type) 5 Analogue output [V] 5 Analogue output [ma] 2 Wiring Main Circuit Brown () DC(+) Black () OUT (Output for display unit) White (2) NC/Analogue output Blue () DC( ) Min. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value Real-time flow rate [l/min] Min. measured flow rate value Max. measured flow rate value Real-time flow rate [l/min] Use this sensor by connecting it to a SMC remote type display unit Series PF2W. Part no. Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] PF2W5T--.5 PF2W52T-- 2 PF2W5T-- 5 Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] 6 Part no. PF2W5T--2 PF2W52T--2 PF2W5T--2 Min. measured flow rate value [l/min] Max. measured flow rate value [l/min] 6 Connector pin numbers 2 66 Pin no. 2 Pin description DC(+) NC/Analogue output DC( ) OUT

171 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air/Water Series PF2A/PF2W Description Integrated Display Type PF2A7, 75, 7, 72, 75 PF2W7(T), 72(T), 7(T), q w e r OUT OUT SET OUT2 L/min L CH DOWN Integrated Display Type PF2A7H, 76H, 72H q e w t y q w e y u U P S ET MODE DOWN U P SET RESET button ( + button) If the UP and DOWN buttons are pressed simultaneously, the RESET function will activate. In case of an emergency, please clear the display. The display of the accumulated flow will be reset to zero. q w LED display/red Indicator (PF2A7, PF2A for Displays the measured flow rate, each setting condition, and error code. Illuminates when the normal condition (nor) is selected. air only) e r t y u Output (OUT) display/green Output (OUT2) display/red UP button ( button) SET button ( button) DOWN button ( button) Displays the output condition of OUT. Illuminates when turned ON. Displays the output condition of OUT2. Illuminates when turned ON. Use to change the mode or to increase the set value. Use this button to set the valve or the set mode. Use to change the mode or decrease the set value. RESET button ( + button) If the UP and DOWN buttons are pressed simultaneously, the RESET function will activate. In case of an emergency, please clear the display. The display of the accumulated flow will be reset to zero. q LCD display/orange Displays the measured flow rate, each setting condition, and error code. w Output (OUT) display/orange Displays the output condition of OUT. Illuminates when turned ON. Displays the selected unit. Type without unit switching function is e Unit display/orange fixed SI units (l/min, or l, m, m x ). Flow rate confirmation r display/orange t UP button ( button) y SET button ( button) u DOWN button ( button) i MODE button ( button) -channel Flow Monitor (Remote type/display unit) PF2A2, 2 PF2W2, 2 r i u r t i t y u q w e r t y u i LCD display/orange Switch output display/red Unit display of flow rate for air/ Red (PF2A2, 2 for air only) Unit display/orange Channel display/red UP button ( button) SET button DOWN button ( button) Remote Type/Display Unit PF2A,,, PF2W,,, q w SMC FLOW SWITCH r e t RESET SET y UNIT u The blinking intervals change depending on the flow rate value. Use to change the mode or to increase the set value. Use to select the function. Use to change the mode or decrease the set value. Use for changing the function. Displays the measured flow rate, each setting condition, and error code. Displays the output condition of OUT (CH to ). Illuminates when turned ON. CH to will illuminate when the normal condition (nor) is selected. Illuminates the selected unit. Use after putting the unit label other than l/min, l. Displays the selected channel. Use to change the mode or to increase the set value. Use this button to set the value or the set mode. Use to change the mode or decrease the set value. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 67

172 Series PF2A/PF2W Functions Refer to the Instruction Manual for information on setting and operating. Flow rate measurement selection Real-time flow rate and accumulated flow rate can be selected. A flow rate of up to can be accumulated. The accumulated flow rate is reset when the power supply turns OFF. (PF2A7H maintains the values.) Unit switching For Air Display Real-time flow rate l/min CFM x -2 x CFM x - CFM = ft /min Accumulated flow l ft x - High Flow Rate Type (For Air) Display Real-time flow rate Accumulated flow l/min l, m, m x CFM ft, ft x, ft x 6 For Water / High Temperature Fluid Type (For Water) Display Real-time flow rate l/min GPM Accumulated flow l gal (US) GPM = gal (US)/min Note) Fixed SI unit (l/min, or l, m, m x ) will be set for the type without the unit switching function. Flow rate conversion Normal condition: C,. kpa, dry air Standard condition: 2 C,. kpa, 65%RH (ANR) Switchable between these conditions. Flow rate measuring unit confirmation This function allows for the confirmation of the accumulated flow rate when real-time flow rate is selected and to confirm the real-time flow rate when accumulated flow rate is selected. Key lock This function prevents accidental operations such as changing the set value. Accumulation clearance This function clears the accumulated value. Initialization of setting (only for Series PF2A7H) This function restores the setting to the original state, just as it had been shipped from the factory. Output types Real-time switch output, accumulated switch output, or accumulated pulse output can be selected as an output type. Real-time switch output OUT OUT2 is also the same. Accumulated switch output OUT "P" Output mode "n" Note 2) Output mode is set to inverted output at the factory before shipment. "P" Output mode Note 2) "n" ON OFF ON P- Accumulated flow OFF n- Accumulated flow Note 2) Output mode is set to inverted output at the factory before shipment. Accumulated pulse output "P" ON YES NO YES NO Hysteresis mode ON OFF P-2 P- Real-time flow rate Window comparator mode H : Hysteresis H H ON OFF Hysteresis mode ON OFF P- P-2 Real-time flow rate n-2 n- Real-time flow rate Window comparator mode H : Hysteresis ON OFF H H n- n-2 Real-time flow rate OFF OUT Output mode 5 msec ON Note 2) "n" OFF Note) For a digital flow switch with an unit switching function. (Fixed SI unit [l/min, or l, m or m x ] will be set for switch types without an unit switching function.) Refer to the specifications of the display unit for the flow rate value per pulse. 68

173 Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air/Water Series PF2A/PF2W Functions Copy function (PF22, 2 only) Information to be copied is: q Flow rate range w Display mode e Display unit (Only available when the unit specification is nil.) r Output method t Output mode y Flow rate display unit (available with PF2A2 only) u Flow rate value Peak hold, Bottom hold display function (PF22, 2 only) The maximum or minimum value can be held in the case where the real-time flow rate display mode is selected during the initial setting. Error correction LED display Note ) Note 2) Note ) Note 2) Note ) Note ) Note 2) Contents A current of more than 8 ma is flowing to OUT. A current of more than 8 ma is flowing to OUT2. The set data has changed for some reason. The flow rate is over the flow rate measurement range. Solution Check the load and the wiring for OUT. Check the load and the wiring for OUT2. Perform the RESET operation, and reset all the data again. Use an adjustment valve, etc. to reduce the flow rate until it is within the flow rate range. Note ) Applicable to display integrated type and remote type except PF2A7H series. Note 2) Applicable to PF2A7H series only. Channel select function (PF22, 2 only) Every pushing the button, channel selection 2... is available. The flow rate measurement of each selected channel is shown in the display unit. Channel scan function (PF22, 2 only) Changes displaying the channel shown every about 2 seconds and its detected flow rate. PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 For PF2A/W2, 2 LED display Contents Over current is flowing to the load of a switch output. Internal data error. Internal data error. Internal data error. Internal data error. Internal data error. The flow rate is over the flow rate measurement range. Contact SMC. Solution Shut off the power supply. After eliminating the output factor that caused the excess current, turn the power supply back on. Shut off the power supply and then reset the switch. Use an adjustment valve, etc. to reduce the flow rate until it is within the flow rate range. PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE 69

174 OUT OUT2 DOWN SET U P Series PF2A/PF2W Option When only optional parts are required, order with the part numbers listed below. M2 lead wire with connector Part no. Qty. Lead wire length ZS-29-A m e-con connector Part no. Qty. ZS-28-CA- e-con connector PF2A7 (H) PF2W7 (T) M2 lead wire with connector M2 lead wire with connector PF2A5 PF2W5 (T) PF2A2 PF2W2 In addition to the lead wire assembly shown above, those listed below (female contact) can be connected. However, they cannot be connected with an e-con connector because the diameter of the core wire and its coverage diameter are different. For details, contact each manufacturer. Connector size M2 Pin no. Manufacturer Correns Corp. OMRON Corp. Yamatake Co.,Ltd. Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. DKK Ltd. Applicable series VA-D XS2 PA5-I HR2 CM-8DPS In addition to the connectors shown above, those listed below (e-con) can be connected. Manufacturer Sumitomo M Limited Tyco Electronics AMP K.K. OMRON Corp. Model 7-22-FL XN2A- Panel mounting Pin no. ZS-22-E Description Panel mounting adapter A, B Note With mounting bracket Part no. ZS-26-B ZS-26-C Description Panel mounting adapter Front protective cover + Panel mounting adapter Note With waterproof seal, mounting screw With waterproof seal, mounting screw Panel PF2A PF2W Front protective cover Mounting screw (M x 8 L) Panel mounting adapter A Panel mounting adapter B Mounting bracket (accessory) PF2A2 PF2W2 Waterproof seal (accessory) Panel (accessory) Panel mounting adapter 7

175 CEU5 Output transistor mode Nil P NPN open collector output PNP open collector output Connection Method Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air/Water Series Related Product PF2A/PF2W Multi Counter Series CEU5 External output Nil B Power supply voltage Nil D How to Order to 2 VAC 2 VDC RS-22C RS-22C + BCD Connection with the Digital Flow Switch (Series PF2) A COM COM COM B DC2V GND F.G. R.S. HOLD BANK BANK2 MULTI COUNTER:CEU5 UP PRESET FUNC. COUNT LEFT RIGHT DOWN AC~2VCOM OUTOUT2OUTOUTOUT5S.STOP MODE SEL. SET RD SD SG RS-22C PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE56 PSE55 A COM B COM DC2V GND F.G. R.S. HOLD COM BANK BANK2 MULTI COUNTER:CEU5 COUNT PRESET FUNC. LEFT UP DOWN RIGHT BCD PSE2 MODE SEL. SET AC~2VCOM OUTOUT2OUTOUTOUT5S.STOP RD SD SG RS-22C OUT to OUT 5 RS-22C OUT to OUT2 (Bank switching) Binary output ( points) Possible to measure accumulated pulse output of a Digital Flow Switch by an unit of l (litter) and ft (cube foot) using the pre-scaling function* of the multi counter (When inputting to the multi counter, Up or Down is selected as input method.) Possible to take advantage of all CEU5 functions using preset mode and function mode. * The set value is calculated by selecting manual mode. By multiplication by, then, per pulse value is set. <Connection with other manufacturers encoders> Possible to switch multi counter side input method to 2-phase or Up/Down. Possible to connect to an encoder if the output method is Open Collector. When selecting UP or DOWN, phase A to COM input is counted toward addition direction, phase B to COM input is counted toward subtraction direction. Caution When connecting the CEU5 with an encoder from another manufacturer, please thoroughly confirm the specification beforehand. Please note that the CEU5 may not count normally depending on the output method, output frequency and connecting cable length, etc. of the encoders. Regarding connection with scale cylinder, refer to Stroke reading cylinders & Counters CE series in the Best Pneumatics Vol.. 7 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

176 Series PF2A/PF2W Safety Instructions The following safety instructions are intended to prevent a hazardous situation and/or equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard by all safety practices, including labels of "Caution", "Warning" or "Danger". To ensure safety, please observe ISO Note ), JIS B 87 Note 2) and other safety practices. Caution : Operator error could result in injury or equipment damage. Warning : Operator error could result in serious injury or loss of life. Danger : In extreme conditions, there is a possible result of serious injury or loss of life. Note ) ISO : Pneumatic fluid power -- General Rules for Pneumatic Equipment Note 2) JIS B 87: Pneumatic system axiom Warning. The compatibility of pneumatic equipment is the responsibility of the person who designs the pneumatic system or decides its specifications. Since the products specified here are used in various operating conditions, their compatibility with the specific pneumatic system must be based on specifications, post analysis and/or tests to meet a specific requirements. The expected performance and safety assurance will be the responsibility of the person who has determined the compatibility of the system. This person should continuously review the suitability of all items specified, referring to the latest catalogue information and taking into consideration the possibility of equipment failure when configuring a system. 2. Only trained personnel should operate pneumatically operated machinery and equipment. Compressed air can be dangerous if handled incorrectly. Assembly, handling or maintenance of the pneumatic system should be performed by trained and experienced operators.. Do not service machinery/equipment or attempt to remove components until safety is confirmed.. Inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed after confirming the control positions are safely locked-out. 2. When equipment is to be removed, confirm the safety processes mentioned above. Cut the supply pressure for the equipment and exhaust all residual compressed air in the system.. Before the machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent quick extension of a cylinder piston rod, etc. (Bleed air into the system gradually, to create back pressure.). Contact SMC if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions:. Conditions and environments beyond the given specifications, or if product is used outdoors. 2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railway, air navigation, vehicles, medical equipment, food and beverages, recreation equipment, emergency stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press applications, or safety equipment.. An application which has the possibility of having a negative effects on people, property, or animals, and therefore requires special safety analysis. 72

177 Series PF2A/PF2W Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to page 7 for safety instructions. Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air/Water Series PF2A/PF2W Warning Design and Selection. Operate the switch only within the specified voltage. Use of the switch outside of the specified voltage range can cause not only a malfunction and damage to the switch, but it can also cause electrical shock and fire. 2. Do not exceed the maximum allowable load specification. A load exceeding the maximum load specification can cause damage to the switch.. Do not use a load that generates a surge voltage. Although the circuit at the output side of the switch is surgeprotected, damage may still occur if a voltage surge is applied repeatedly. When a load which generates a surge, such as from a relay or solenoid valve, is directly driven, use a switch with a built-in surge absorbing element.. Since the type of fluid varies depending on the product, be sure to verify the specifications. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. To prevent a possible fire hazard, do not use with inflammable gases or fluids. 5. Monitor the internal voltage drop of the switch. When operating below the specified voltage, it is possible that the load may be ineffective even though the pressure switch function is normal. Therefore, the formula below should be satisfied after confirming the minimum operating voltage of the load. Supply voltage Internal voltage drop of switch > Minimum operating voltage of load [For air] 6. Use the switch within the specified flow rate measurement and operating pressure. Operating beyond the specified flow rate and operating pressure can damage the switch. [For water] 7. Use the switch within the specified flow rate measurement and operating pressure. Operating beyond the specified flow rate and operating pressure can damage the switch. Especially avoid the application of pressure through a water hammer, which is above the specification. <Examples of pressure reduction measures> a) Use a device such as a water hammer relief valve to slow the valve s closing speed. b) Absorb impact pressure by using an accumulator or elastic piping material such as a rubber hose. c) Keep the piping length as short as possible. 8. Design the system, so that the fluid always fills the detection passage. Especially for vertical mounting, introduce the fluid from the bottom to the top. 9. Operate within the flow rate measurement range. If operated outside of the flow rate measurement range, the Karman vortex will not be generated and normal measurement will not be possible. [Series PF2A7H]. Sudden increase in flow rate may destroy the flow sensor. Ensure to open/close the flow control valve not to exceed the maximum flow rate measurement values. Design and Selection Caution. Data from the flow switch is stored even after the power supply is turned off. The input data is stored in EEPROM so that the data will not be lost after the flow switch is turned off. (The data can be rewritten for up to one million times, and stored for up to 2 years.) 2. Accumulated flow rate is reset when it is turned OFF. Only the PF2A7H series (for air) will maintain, its accumulated flow rate value, even though the power supply is cut. Warning Mounting. Mount the switch using the proper tightening torque. When the switch is tightened beyond the specified tightening torque, it may be damaged. On the other hand, tightening below the specified tightening torque may cause the installation screws to loosen during operation. Thread Rc /8 Rc / Rc /8 Rc /2 Tightening torque N m 7 to 9 2 to 22 to 2 28 to Thread Rc / Rc Rc, /2 Rc 2 Tightening torque N m 28 to 6 to 8 8 to 5 8 to 5 2. Apply a wrench only to the metal part of the piping when installing the flow switch onto the system piping. Do not apply the wrench to any part other than the piping attachment or the switch may be damaged.. Monitor the flow direction of the fluid. Install and connect piping so that fluid flows in the direction of the arrow indicated on the body.. Remove dirt and dust from inside of the piping by means of air blow, before attaching to the switch. 5. Do not drop or bump. Do not drop, bump, or apply excessive impacts (9 m/s 2 ) while handling. Although the external body of the switch (switch case) may not be damaged, the switch inside could be damaged and cause a malfunction. 6. Hold the body of the switch when handling. The tensile strength of the cord is 9N and applying a greater pulling force than this can cause a malfunction. When handling, hold the body of the switch. 7. Do not use until you can verify that equipment can operate properly. Following mounting, repair, or retrofit, verify correct mounting by conducting suitable function and leakage tests after piping and power connections have been made. 8. Avoid the mounting orientation with the bottom of the body facing up. The switch can be mounted in any way such as vertically or horizontally, however, avoid the mounting orientation with the bracket on the bottom of the body facing upward. 7 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

178 Series PF2A/PF2W Specific Product Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to page 7 for safety instructions.. Verify the colour and the terminal number when wiring. Incorrect wiring can cause the switch to be damaged and malfunction. Verify the colour and the terminal number in the instruction manual when wiring. 2. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching of the lead wire. Repeatedly applying bending stress or stretching force to the lead wire will cause it to break.. Confirm proper insulation of wiring. Make sure that there is no faulty wiring insulation (contact with other circuits, ground fault, improper insulation between terminals, etc.). Damage may occur due to excess current flow into a switch.. Do not wire in conjunction with power lines or high voltage lines. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, and avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Control circuits including switches may malfunction due to noise from these lines. 5. Do not allow a load to short circuit. Although a switch indicates excess current error if a load is short circuited, all incorrect wiring connections such as power supply polarity cannot be protected. Take precautions to 7 Warning Warning avoid incorrect wiring. Mounting [For air] 9. Never mount a switch in a place that will be used as a step stool during piping. Damage may occur if an excessive load is applied to the switch.. Be sure to allow straight pipe length that is minimum 8 times the port size upstream and downstream of the switch piping. When abruptly reducing the size of piping or when there is a restriction such as a valve on the upstream side, the pressure distribution in the piping changes and makes accurate measurement impossible. Therefore, flow restriction measures such as these should be implemented on the downstream side of the switch. [For water]. Never mount a switch in a place that will be used as a step stool during piping. Damage may occur if an excessive load is applied to the switch. Especially when the switch supports the piping, do not apply a load of 5N m or more to the metal part of the switch. 2. Be sure to allow straight pipe length that is minimum 8 times the port size upstream and downstream of the switch piping. When abruptly reducing the size of piping or when there is a restriction such as a valve on the upstream side, the pressure distribution in the piping changes and makes accurate measurement impossible. Therefore, flow restriction measures such as these should be implemented on the downstream side of the switch. When used with the downstream side open, be careful of the cavitation that is prone to occur. Wiring Warning. When using a switch for high temperature fluid, the switch itself also becomes hot due to the high temperature fluid. Avoid touching the switch directly as this may cause a burn. Warning Usage Operating Environment. Never use in the presence of explosive gases. The switches do not have an explosion proof rating. Never use in the presence of an explosive gas as this may cause a serious explosion. 2. Mount the switch in a locations where there is no vibration greater than 98 m/s 2 or impact greater than 9 m/s 2.. Do not use in an area where surges are generated. When there are units that generate a large amount of surge in the area around a pressure switch, (e.g., solenoid type lifters, high frequency induction furnaces, motors, etc.) this may cause deterioration or damage to the switch s internal circuitry. Avoid sources of surge generation and crossed lines.. Switches are not equipped with surge protection against lightning. The flow switches are CE compliant, however they are not equipped with surge protection against lightning. Lightning surge protection measures should be applied directly to the system components as necessary. 5. Avoid using the switch in an environment where the likelihood of splashing or spraying of liquids exists. The switches are dustproof and splashproof, however avoid using in an environment where the likelihood of heavy splashing or spraying of liquids exists. Since the display unit of the remote type switches featured here is not dust or splashproof, the use in an environment where liquid splashing or spraying exists must be avoided. [For air] 6. Use the switch within the specified fluid and ambient temperature range. The fluid and ambient temperature range is to 5 C. Take measures to prevent the fluid from freezing when it is below 5 C, since this may damage the switch and lead to a malfunction. The installation of an air dryer is recommended for eliminating condensation and moisture. Never use the switch in an environment where there are drastic temperature changes even when these temperatures are within the specification. [For water] 7. Use the switch within the specified fluid and ambient temperature range. The fluid and ambient temperatures range for the switch is to 5 C (and to 9 C for high temperature fluid). Take measures to prevent the fluid from freezing when it is below 5 C, since this may cause damage to the switch and lead to a malfunction. Never use the switch in an environment where there are drastic temperature changes even when these temperatures fall within the specified temperature range.

179 Series PF2A/PF2W Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to page 7 for safety instructions. Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air/Water Series PF2A/PF2W Warning Warning Measured Fluid. Check regulators and flow adjustment valves before introducing the fluid. If pressure or flow rate beyond the specified range are applied to the switch, the sensor unit may be damaged. [For air] 2. The fluids that the switch can measure accurately are nitrogen and dry air. Please note that accuracy cannot be guaranteed when other fluids are used.. Never use inflammable fluids. The flow velocity sensor heats up to approximately 5 C.. Install a filter or mist separator on the upstream side when there is a possibility of condensate and foreign matter being mixed in with the fluid. The rectifying device built into the switch will be clogged up and accurate measurement will no longer be possible. [For water] 5. The fluid that the switch can measure accurately is water. Also, combination of equal parts water/ethylene glycol (5/5%) can be used if its temperature is high. Please note that accuracy cannot be guaranteed when other fluids are used. Detection principle of digital flow switch for air A heated thermistor is installed in the passage, and fluid absorbs heat from the thermistor as it is introduced to the passage. The thermistor's resistance value increases as it loses heat. Since the resistance value increase ratio has a uniform relationship to the fluid velocity, the fluid velocity can be detected by measuring the resistance value. To further compensate the fluid and ambient temperature, the temperature sensor is also built into the switch to allow stable measurement within the operating temperature range. Temperature compensation element Fluid velocity detection element Maintenance. Perform periodical inspections to ensure proper operation of the switch. Unexpected malfunctions may cause a possible danger. 2. Take precautions when using the switch for an interlock circuit. When a pressure switch is used for the interlock circuit, devise a multiple interlock system to prevent trouble or malfunction, and verify the operation of the switch and interlock function on a regular basis.. Do not disassemble or perform any conversion work on flow switches. This flow switch uses l/min as the flow rate indicator unit. The mass flow is converted and displayed under the conditions of C and. kpa. The conversion conditions can be switched to 2 C and. kpa with high flow type switches. Warning 6. Never use inflammable fluids. 7. Install a filter on the inlet side when there is a possibility of condensation and foreign matter being mixed with the fluid. If foreign matter adheres to the switch s vortex generator or vortex detector, accurate measurement will no longer be possible. Others. After the power is turned on, the switch s output remains off while a message is displayed. Therefore, start the measurement after a value is displayed. 2. Perform settings after stopping control systems. When the switch's initial setting and flow rate setting are performed, output maintains the condition prior to the settings.. Do not apply excessive rotational force to the display unit. The integrated type display unit can rotate 6. Rotation is controlled by the stopper; however, the stopper may be damaged if the display unit is turned with excessive force. [For air]. Be certain to turn on the power supply when the flow rate is at zero. Allow an interval of minutes after turning on the power, as there are some changes in the display. 5. Flow rate unit The switch measures at mass flow rates without being influenced by temperature and pressure. The switches use l/min as the flow rate indicator unit, in which the volumetric flow is substituted for mass flow at C and. kpa (nor). The volumetric flow rate at 2 C,. kpa, and 65%RH (ANR) can be displayed with the high flow rate type switches for air. Detection principle of digital flow switch for water When an elongated object (vortex generator) is placed in the flow, reciprocal vortexes are generated on the downstream side. These vortexes are stable under certain conditions, and their frequency is proportional to the flow velocity, resulting the following formula. f = k x v f: Frequency of vortex v: Flow velocity k: Proportional constant (determined by the vortex generator's dimensions and shape). Therefore, the flow rate can be measured by detecting this frequency. Fluid Vortex generator Contact SMC regarding the specifications for clean environment. Warning Measured Fluid Vortex detector 75 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

180 Series PF2A/PF2W Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Refer to page 7 for safety instructions. Caution <For Air/PF2A> Set Flow Rate Range and Rated Flow Range Set the flow rate within the rated flow range. The set flow rate range is the range of flow rate that can be set on the controller. The rated flow range is the range that satisfies the sensor s specifications (accuracy, linearity etc.). It is possible to set a value outside of the rated flow range, however, the specification is not be guaranteed. Sensor PF2A5 Flow rate range l/min 5 l/min l/min 2 l/min 5 l/min l/min 2 l/min 5 l/min l/min l/min.5 l/min.5 l/min PF2A55 5 l/min 2.5 l/min 5 l/min 52.5 l/min PF2A5 l/min 5 l/min l/min 5 l/min PF2A52 2 l/min 2 l/min l/min 2 l/min PF2A55 25 l/min 5 l/min 5 l/min 525 l/min <For Water/PF2W> Sensor PF2W5 PF2W5T Flow rate range.5 l/min 2 l/min 5 l/min l/min 2 l/min l/min l/min.5 l/min l/min.5 l/min.5 l/min PF2W52 PF2W52T 2 l/min.7 l/min 6 l/min 7 l/min PF2W5 PF2W5T 5 l/min.5 l/min l/min 5 l/min PF2W5 l/min l/min 7 l/min l/min Rated flow range of sensor Set flow rate range of sensor 76

181 Series PF2A/PF2W Specific Product Precautions 5 Be sure to read before handling. Refer to page 7 for safety instructions. Digital Flow Sensors & Switches for Air/Water Series PF2A/PF2W -channel Flow Monitor Warning Handling. Do not drop, bump, or apply excessive impacts (98 m/s 2 ) while handling. Although the body of the flow monitor case may not be damaged, the inside of the flow monitor could be damaged and lead to a malfunction. 2. The tensile strength of the power supply/output connection cable is 5N and the sensor lead wire with a connector is 25N. Applying a greater pulling force than the applicable specified tensile strength to either of these components can lead to a malfunction. When handling, hold the body of the controller. Warning Connection. Incorrect wiring can damage the switch and cause a malfunction or erroneous switch output. Connections should be done while the power is turned off. 2. Do not attempt to insert or pull the flow rate sensor or its connector when the power is on. Switch output may malfunction.. Wire separately from power lines and high voltage lines, avoiding wiring in the same conduit with these lines. Malfunctions may occur due to noise from these other lines.. If a commercial switching power supply is used, make sure that the F.G. terminal is grounded. Warning Operating Environment. Our -channel flow monitor is CE marked, however, it is not equipped with surge protection against lightning. Lightning surge countermeasures should be applied directly to system components as necessary. 2. Our -channel flow monitor does not have an explosion proof rating. Never use pressure sensors in the presence of inflammable or explosive gases.. Enclosure "IP65" applies only to the front face of the panel when mounting. Do not use in an environment where oil splashing or spraying are anticipated. Caution Mounting The front face of the panel mount conforms to IP65, however there is a possibility of liquid infiltration if the panel mount adapter is not installed securely and properly. Securely fix the adapter with screws as shown below. Front protective cover + Panel mounting Tighten screws / to /2 turn after the heads are flush with the panel. Front protective cover Waterproof seal (accessory) Mounting screw (M x 8 L) (accessory) Panel mounting adapter (ZS-26-B) Panel Caution Wiring. Connecting sensor cable and connector (ZS-28-CA-) Cut the sensor cable as shown below. Insert each lead wire into the corresponding connector number by following the chart provided below. 2 mm or more 2 Cable wire colour Brown (DC+) Not used Blue (DC ) White (IN: to 5 V) Make sure that the numbers on the connector and the wire colours match. After verifying that the wires are fully inserted, temporarily hold A down by hand. Using pliers, press the center of A straight down. Note that that connector cannot be taken apart for reuse once it is crimped. Use a new sensor connector if wiring or cable insertion is done incorrectly. A Connector no. 2. Inserting/Detaching of sensor connector, power supply/output connector Insert each connector straightforwardly until it clicks and locks onto the body. To remove the connector, pull it straight out while pushing the lever with your thumb. Pin no. 8 Yellow N.C. 7 Green CH_OUT 6 Red CH_OUT 5 Gray CH2_OUT White N.C. Black CH_OUT 2 Blue DC ( ) Brown DC (+) Sensor connector port Power supply/output connector port Lever Sensor connector Lever Power supply/ Output connector 2 m 77 PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE55 PSE56 PSE2 PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE

182 Series PF2A/PF2W 78

183 Digital Flow Sensors for De-ionised and Chemicals Series PF2D PF2D PF2D PF2W PF2A ISA2 PSE PSE5 PSE5 ISE7/75/75H ZSE/ISE5/6 ZSE/ISE ZSE/ISE PSE2 PSE56 PSE55 79

184 Series PF2D Digital Flow Switch for De-ionised Water and Chemicals Series PF2D A single controller can monitor the flow rate of different sensors. Body and Sensor New PFA Tube Super PFA Three types of flow range. to l/min (PF2D5).8 to 2 l/min (PF2D52). to l/min (PF2D5) -channel Flow Monitor Series PF2D2 Dust generation of particles/cc or less (average number) Karman vortex eliminates moving parts and allows low dust generation. Particle characteristics (reference) Particle ratio [number/cc] 5 2 or particles/cc Duration of flow [min] The data was obtained by performing an actual minutes supersonic cleaning using an average 6 MΩ cm of de-ionised water at class clean room ( l/min flow rate). The diameter of the measured particles ranges from. to.5 µm. The flow rate used during measuring is cc/min. Swept flow characteristics Tapered side seal minimizes dead volume to reduce accumulation of liquid pool. Swept flow characteristics (reference) Ratio of resistance [kω m] Duration of flow [min] Tube Fill the flow path with sulfuric acid and leave it for minutes. After disposing the sulfuric acid, flush the flow path out with de-ionised water and measure the resistance rate of the fluid that is discharged from the downstream side. A quick recovery time indicates little liquid pool. Processing chart for Series PF2D Remote type sensor unit Assembly Common environment Supersonic cleaning Double-packing Drying Body Sensor Vibration reducing seals Malfunctions (output errors) that would otherwise be caused by vibration are prevented. Clean room class Shipment 8

Series ZSE30/ISE30. High Precision, 2-color Display Digital Pressure Switch. With One-touch fittings are newly introduced. PSE

Series ZSE30/ISE30. High Precision, 2-color Display Digital Pressure Switch. With One-touch fittings are newly introduced. PSE High Precision, 2-color Display Digital Pressure Switch Series SE30/ISE30 SE ISE PSE I SE3 PS I SE 1 2 SP ISA2 IS SM PF2 IF Data With One-touch fittings are newly introduced. Straight type Elbow type 16-2-1

More information

2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch

2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch 2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE3/ISE3 2-color digital display allows you to choose the setting according to your application requirements. 4 different display settings

More information

2-Colour Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE30/ISE30 How to Order Option 1 Without lead wire Nil Lead wire with connector (Lead wire length: 2m) L For positive pressure For vacuum/low

More information

Series ZSE30/ISE30. High Precision, 2-color Display Digital Pressure Switch 25 M ISE30 01 ZSE M. How to Order. For positive pressure

Series ZSE30/ISE30. High Precision, 2-color Display Digital Pressure Switch 25 M ISE30 01 ZSE M. How to Order. For positive pressure High Precision, Series SE30/ISE30 How Order Option 1 Without lead wire Lead wire with connecr (Lead wire length: 2 m) L For positive pressure For vacuum/low pressure ISE30 01 SE30 01 25 M 25 M 01 R 1/8

More information

9.8 mm. Digital Pressure Switch. 3-step setting. RoHScompliant. Series ZSE10(F)/ISE10. Vertical mounting space reduced to approx.! Reduced in depth!

9.8 mm. Digital Pressure Switch. 3-step setting. RoHScompliant. Series ZSE10(F)/ISE10. Vertical mounting space reduced to approx.! Reduced in depth! Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE1(F)/ISE1 Low profile 26.1mm 9.8 mm 13.5 mm 53.4 mm Reduced in depth! (Actual size) RoHScompliant Vertical mounting space reduced to approx.! 1 2 Position Detection Switch

More information

Series PSE560 Pressure Sensor For General Fluids... 90

Series PSE560 Pressure Sensor For General Fluids... 90 Table of Contents Pressure Switch Selection Guide... Electronic Pressure Switch... Mechanical Pressure... Pressure Switch Application Example... Series SE/ISE High Precision, 2-color Display Digital Pressure

More information

Low Differential Pressure Sensor ±1% F.S.

Low Differential Pressure Sensor ±1% F.S. CAT.ES100-49 A Low Differential Pressure Sensor Rated differential pressure range: 0 to 2 kpa Accuracy: ±1% F.S. LED display to confirm energization Series PSE550 Proof pressure: 65kPa Output: 1 to 5VDC

More information

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch. NPN/PNP open collector 2 outputs added. Cut-to-zero display function added. Rated Pressure Metal Body Type

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch. NPN/PNP open collector 2 outputs added. Cut-to-zero display function added. Rated Pressure Metal Body Type Series ISE70/75/75H New NPN/PNP open collector 2 outputs added. Cut-to-zero display function added. For General Fluids For Air 2-Color Display (Green/Red) Selectable from four patterns ON Red Green Red

More information

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch. Rated Pressure Metal Body Type (ISE75H) 2-color digital. Functions

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch. Rated Pressure Metal Body Type (ISE75H) 2-color digital. Functions Series ISE70/75/75H NPN/PNP open collector 2 outputs added. Cut-to-zero display function added. For General Fluids For Air 2-Color Display (Green/Red) Selectable from four patterns ON Red Green Red Green

More information

2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch

2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch 2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Settings can be copied to up to 1 slave sensors at once. The settings of the master sensor can be copied to the slave sensors. Reduced setting efforts

More information

3-step setting. 2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch. Series ZSE30A(F)/ISE30A. Added vacuum range.

3-step setting. 2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch. Series ZSE30A(F)/ISE30A. Added vacuum range. 2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE3A(F)/ISE3A RoHS Can copy to up to 1 switches simultaneously. The settings of the master sensor can be copied to the slave sensors. Reducing

More information

2-colour display. Digital Pressure Switch. Stainless diaphragm Oil-free (Single-layer diaphragm structure) IP65 compliant

2-colour display. Digital Pressure Switch. Stainless diaphragm Oil-free (Single-layer diaphragm structure) IP65 compliant -Colour Display Digital Pressure Switch Stainless diaphragm Oil-free (Single-layer diaphragm structure) Sensor parts: Stainless steel 6 Fitting parts: Stainless steel 4 The sensor and fitting parts can

More information

2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE40A(F)/ISE40A

2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE40A(F)/ISE40A 2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSEA(F)/ISEA New M8 connector type RoHS IP65 Applicable fluid Air, Non-corrosive gas, Non-flammable gas Can copy to up to 10 switches simultaneously.

More information

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch -Color Display Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE80(F)/ISE80(H) Stainless diaphragm Oil-free (Single-layer diaphragm structure) Sensor parts: Stainless steel 630 Fitting parts: Stainless steel 304 The

More information

Series 10-ZSE40A(F)/10-ISE40A

Series 10-ZSE40A(F)/10-ISE40A Series 10-ZSEA(F)/10-ISEA RoHS 2-Color Display High Precision Digital Pressure Switch How to Order For positive pressure Clean series For vacuum/ compound pressure 01 N01 W1 10 Rated pressure range ISEA

More information

10 switches simultaneously. The settings of the master sensor (source of copy) can be copied to the slave sensors. Reducing setting labor

10 switches simultaneously. The settings of the master sensor (source of copy) can be copied to the slave sensors. Reducing setting labor 2-Color Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch ZSE ISE RoHS ZSE ISE IP65 ZSE40 ISE40 M8 connector type ZSE10 ISE10 ISE70 ZSE80 ISE80 PS ISA3 ISA2 ISE35 Applicable Air, Non-corrosive gas, Non-flammable

More information

Set value (Threshold value) Bottom value. *2 Further reduced by approx. 60% in power-saving mode (For 20 series)

Set value (Threshold value) Bottom value. *2 Further reduced by approx. 60% in power-saving mode (For 20 series) 3-Screen Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch New Added Variations! For general fluids IP65 2 outputs Analog output Setting is possible while checking Main screen the measured value. Sub screen

More information

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch -Color Display Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE80(F)/ISE80(H) Stainless diaphragm Oil-free (Single-layer diaphragm structure) Sensor parts: Stainless steel 630 Fitting parts: Stainless steel 304 The

More information

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch -Color Display Digital Pressure Switch (F)/(H) Series Stainless diaphragm Oil-free (Single-layer diaphragm structure) Sensor unit: Stainless steel 630 Fitting parts: Stainless steel 304 The sensor unit

More information

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch. Rated Pressure Metal Body Type. MPa MPa (ISE75H) 2-color digital. Functions

2-Color Display Digital Pressure Switch. Rated Pressure Metal Body Type. MPa MPa (ISE75H) 2-color digital. Functions -Color Display Digital Pressure Switch /75/75H Series NPN/PNP open collector outputs added. Zero-cut off display function added. For General Fluids For Air Rated Pressure Metal Body Type 0 5 (E75) () -Color

More information

Unit specifications. Nil. Option 1. Power supply/output connection cable. Option 2

Unit specifications. Nil. Option 1. Power supply/output connection cable. Option 2 Series -PSE3 RoHS Remote Type 2-Color Display Digital Pressure Sensor Controller How to Order 2 3 4 5 Nil Options/Part No. L Input/Output specifications NPN2 output to 5 V output NPN2 output 4 to 2 m output

More information

CAT.ES B. 2-Color Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch. Series ZSE30/ISE30. Improved, easy-to-read 2-color display

CAT.ES B. 2-Color Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch. Series ZSE30/ISE30. Improved, easy-to-read 2-color display CAT.ES100-42 B 2-Color Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE30/ISE30 Improved, easy-to-read 2-color display 2-Color Display Type High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE30/ISE30

More information

(Actual size) 2 switches 10 switches. Push Adjust to the set-value by the or button.

(Actual size) 2 switches 10 switches. Push Adjust to the set-value by the or button. Digital Pressure Switch RoHS compliant Low profile 9.8 mm (Actual size) 13.5 mm 53.4 mm Vertical mounting space reduced to approx.! 1 2 Reduced in depth! 26.1 mm Can copy to up to 1 switches simultaneously.

More information

2-colour Display High Precision Digital Pressure Switch

2-colour Display High Precision Digital Pressure Switch High Precision, -colour Display Digital Pressure Switch -colour Display High Precision Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE/ISE Features djustable vacuum, positive and compound pressure switch with display.

More information

Series. High Precision Digital Pressure Switch

Series. High Precision Digital Pressure Switch CAT.ES100-43 A Series For General Fluids High Precision Digital Pressure Switch ZSE 50 60 F/ISE 50 60 High precision/high resolution pressure switch. Applicable for pressure detection with a wide range

More information

Remote Type Pressure Sensors Pressure Sensor Controllers

Remote Type Pressure Sensors Pressure Sensor Controllers CT.EUS1-56B-UK Remote Type Pressure Sensors Pressure Sensor Controllers Compact Pressure Sensor for Pneumatics PSE53 Multi-channel Digital Pressure Sensor Controller PSE2 Compact Pressure Sensor for Pneumatics

More information

ISE6B. Series ZSE6B. Digital Pressure Switch. With Backlight. (For vacuum) (For positive pressure) For General Purpose Fluids

ISE6B. Series ZSE6B. Digital Pressure Switch. With Backlight. (For vacuum) (For positive pressure) For General Purpose Fluids Leakage rating: 1 X 10-9 atm cc/s With Backlight Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE6B (For vacuum) ISE6B (For positive pressure) Sensor and fitting section are electron beam welded. 2 kinds of metal gasket

More information

Series PSE100. Controller PSE10. How to Order. Controller Specifications Option. Output specifications. Mounting

Series PSE100. Controller PSE10. How to Order. Controller Specifications Option. Output specifications. Mounting Controller Series PSE100 How to Order PSE10 Output specifications 0 NPN output 1 PNP output Mounting A B Option Without cover C With cover Panel mounting Wall mounting, DIN rail Controller Specifications

More information

Digital Pressure Switch

Digital Pressure Switch PRODUCT NAME Digital Pressure Switch MODEL / Series / Product Number ZSE80(F) ISE80(H) Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication and How to order 9 Summary of Product parts 10 Definition

More information

10 PSE53 0 M5. Port size. M5 x 0.8 ø6 reducer 1/4-inch reducer. the cable at the time of shipment. 10-PSE to -101 kpa

10 PSE53 0 M5. Port size. M5 x 0.8 ø6 reducer 1/4-inch reducer. the cable at the time of shipment. 10-PSE to -101 kpa Series 0-PSE50 Remote type pressure sensor How to Order Clean series 0 PSE5 0 M5 Pressure sensing range Option 0 2 High pressure [0 to MPa] Vacuum [0 to 0 kpa] Low pressure [0 to 0 kpa] Compound pressure

More information

2-Color Display Digital Flow Switch

2-Color Display Digital Flow Switch -Color Display Digital Flow Switch Series Flow rate range:, 5, 5, l/min. Minimum unit setting:. l/min. (. l/min when the flow rate range is 5, 5, l/min.) Repeatability: ±%F.S. or less Grease-free Flow

More information

DPS280 / DVS280 Series

DPS280 / DVS280 Series 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Do not use corrosive or flammable gases or liquid with this product. Please use within the rated pressure range. Do not apply pressure beyond recommended maximum pressure, permanent damage

More information

2-colour Display Type Digital Pressure Switch (ISE75H) 2-colour digital. Function. Unit display switching. ISE70(1MPa) MPa OUT1 DOWN U P SET

2-colour Display Type Digital Pressure Switch (ISE75H) 2-colour digital. Function. Unit display switching. ISE70(1MPa) MPa OUT1 DOWN U P SET CAT.ES00-52 A -UK 2-colour Display Type Digital Pressure Switch Rated Pressure For General Fluids For Air Series ISE70/75/75H 0MPa 5MPa (ISE75) MPa (ISE70) (ISE75H) 2-colour digital IP67 Metal Body Type

More information

Digital Pressure Switch

Digital Pressure Switch PRODUCT NAME Digital Pressure Switch MODEL / Series / Product Number ZSE10(F) ISE10 Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication and How to order 9 Summary of Product parts 11 Definition and

More information

Head-separated Digital Pressure Sensor DP5 SERIES DPH SERIES

Head-separated Digital Pressure Sensor DP5 SERIES DPH SERIES 76 ORDER GUIDE DP / configuration diagram Intermediate cable s Type Vacuum pressure Positive pressure Compound pressure Appearance An intermediate cable is required to connect the controller and the sensor

More information

ITVX Series. Stepless control of air pressure proportional to an electrical signal. Supply pressure: 5.0 MPa

ITVX Series. Stepless control of air pressure proportional to an electrical signal. Supply pressure: 5.0 MPa 5.0 MPa Maximum Supply Pressure High Pressure Electro-Pneumatic Regulator X Series This product is only for blowing gas. This product does not have sufficient pressure control for other applications (driving,

More information

Construction diagram Semiconductor transducer Silicone oil. Stainless steel SUS316 pressure port Hastelloy C diaphragm.

Construction diagram Semiconductor transducer Silicone oil. Stainless steel SUS316 pressure port Hastelloy C diaphragm. SERIES LED Display Anti-corrosive Digital ure Sensor DP3 ure Measurement of Corrosive Gases and Liquids Possible! Marked Conforming to EMC Directive Superior Anti-corrosive Hastelloy C Diaphragm and Stainless

More information

ISE7 /7 G Series CAT.ES B. MPa/1.6 MPa 1.0. MPa/2.0 MPa. MPa/10 MPa

ISE7 /7 G Series CAT.ES B. MPa/1.6 MPa 1.0. MPa/2.0 MPa. MPa/10 MPa 3-Screen Display High-Precision Digital Pressure Switch Air General Fluids 1.0 ISE70 ISE71 MPa/1.6 MPa 1.0 ISE70G ISE75G MPa/2.0 MPa 5.0 ISE76G ISE77G MPa/10 MPa It is possible to change the settings while

More information

Digital Flow Switch (Remote type monitor unit)

Digital Flow Switch (Remote type monitor unit) PRODUCT NAME Digital Flow Switch (Remote type monitor unit) MODEL / Series / Product Number PF2A3## PF2W3## PF2D3## Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication and How to Order 9 Summary of

More information

A single controller monitors up to 4 pressure sensors. Multi-Channel Controller Series PSE200. Pressure Sensor Series PSE530 CAT.ES A PRESSURE

A single controller monitors up to 4 pressure sensors. Multi-Channel Controller Series PSE200. Pressure Sensor Series PSE530 CAT.ES A PRESSURE CAT.ES00-4 A Multi-Channel Controller Series PSE200 Pressure Sensor Series PSE530 4 2 A single controller monitors up to 4 pressure sensors. 3 4 2 A single controller monitors 3 Pressure Sensor Series

More information

Digital Flow Switch (Integrated display type)

Digital Flow Switch (Integrated display type) PRODUCT NAME Digital Flow Switch (Integrated display type) MODEL / Series / Product Number PF2A7## Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication and How to Order 10 Summary of Product parts

More information

l/min (Comparison under Nozzle diameter: ø0.3, Vacuum pressure: 60 kpa) New

l/min (Comparison under Nozzle diameter: ø0.3, Vacuum pressure: 60 kpa) New Flow Sensor Suction check of very small workpieces This flow sensor enables precise suction. Pressure sensor Flow sensor 60 58 kpa Before suction During suction Before suction Pressure difference Small

More information

Related vacuum products

Related vacuum products Vacuum component C O N T E N T S variation 420 Position locking valve () 422 Compact vacuum regulator () 426 Vacuum break unit () 436 Vacuum filter large volume union type (VSFB) 440 Compact vacuum filter

More information

Clean Air Module. Digital flow switch Regulator ON/OFF valve Restrictor Filter

Clean Air Module. Digital flow switch Regulator ON/OFF valve Restrictor Filter Clean Air Module Series Digital flow switch Regulator ON/OFF valve Restrictor Filter Modularizes clean equipment (Reduced piping man-hours/space-saving). Easily obtains clean air. Built-in one-touch fitting

More information

LCD Readout Digital Pressure Switch

LCD Readout Digital Pressure Switch LCD Readout Digital Pressure Switch Series ZSE3 (For )/E3 (For Positive Pressure) For General Pneumatics The ZSE3/E3 series is to be discontinued. We recommend you consider using the Z/E10 series or the

More information

Micro-differential Pressure High-precision Digital Pressure Sensor For Gas DP-M SERIES

Micro-differential Pressure High-precision Digital Pressure Sensor For Gas DP-M SERIES MODE 729 Micro-differential Pressure High-precision Digital Pressure Sensor For Gas SERIES Related Information General terms and conditions... F-3 Glossary of terms... P.1563~ guide... P.699~ General precautions...

More information

Digital Flow Switch (Integrated display type)

Digital Flow Switch (Integrated display type) PRODUCT NAME Digital Flow Switch (Integrated display type) MODEL / Series / Product Number PF2A7##H Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication and How to Order 10 Summary of Product parts

More information

Digital pressure switch for energy-saving control ejector

Digital pressure switch for energy-saving control ejector PRODUCT NAME Digital pressure switch for energy-saving control ejector MODEL / Series / Product Number ZK2-ZSV####-A Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model indication and How to order 9 Summary

More information

No.EX -OME0016-A PRODUCT NAME. SI unit. MODEL / Series / Product Number EX140-SDN1

No.EX -OME0016-A PRODUCT NAME. SI unit. MODEL / Series / Product Number EX140-SDN1 No.EX -OME0016-A PRODUCT NAME SI unit MODEL / Series / Product Number EX140-SDN1 Table of Contents 1. Safety instructions 2 2. Specifications 7 2-1. General specifications 7 2-2. Electrical ant network

More information

Micro-differential Pressure High-precision Digital Pressure Sensor For Gas DP-M SERIES

Micro-differential Pressure High-precision Digital Pressure Sensor For Gas DP-M SERIES MODE 751 Micro-differential Pressure High-precision Digital Pressure Sensor For Gas SERIES Related Information General terms and conditions... F-7 Glossary of terms... P.1469 ~ Sensor selection guide...

More information

Digital Flow Switch (Remote type sensor unit)

Digital Flow Switch (Remote type sensor unit) PRODUCT NAME Digital Flow Switch (Remote type sensor unit) MODEL / Series / Product Number PFM5## Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication and How to Order 10 Summary of Product parts 13

More information

Pressure Sensor for General Fluids PSE570/573/574

Pressure Sensor for General Fluids PSE570/573/574 PRODUCT NAME Pressure Sensor for General Fluids MODEL / Series / Product Number PSE570/573/574 Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Identification and How to Order 8 Names of Parts of Product

More information

Model Pressure range ON/OFF output Linear output

Model Pressure range ON/OFF output Linear output Digital Sensor Sensor with Easy-to-Read LED Display status can be checked at a glance from the red digital pressure value and analog bar displays. Measurement pressure is averaged by the chattering prevention

More information

Super fast 1 ms Convenient intermediate cable with connector A total of 10 head variations

Super fast 1 ms Convenient intermediate cable with connector A total of 10 head variations SERIES Digital Sensor Digital Automatic sensitivity setting Auto reference With analog output /, sec. The fastest response in the industry DP DP Conforming to EMC Directive UL Recognition Super fast ms

More information

Digital Flow Switch (Sensor Part) Operation Manual

Digital Flow Switch (Sensor Part) Operation Manual Digital Flow Switch (Sensor Part) Operation Manual For Air PF2A 50/5 Series PF2A 5/ 52/ 55 Series For Water PF2W /520/50 Series PF2W 5 Series For Water (High Temperature Fluid Type) PF2W T/520T/50T Series

More information

Pressure measurements can easily be taken any time, anywhere. POWER LIGHT

Pressure measurements can easily be taken any time, anywhere. POWER LIGHT Compact Manometer Pressure measurements can easily be taken any time, anywhere. RoHS Compact and lightweight Portable type with a lightweight of only about 00 g (unit 50 g, battery 50 g) can also be held

More information

Operating Instructions Vaccon VDS-1000 Solid State Combination Vacuum Switch/Sensor w/ Digital Display

Operating Instructions Vaccon VDS-1000 Solid State Combination Vacuum Switch/Sensor w/ Digital Display Operating Instructions Vaccon VDS-1000 Solid State Combination Vacuum Switch/Sensor w/ Digital Display Installation The VDS-1000 combines either two (2) low voltage, high side or low side, switched outputs

More information

Digital Flow Switch PFM7##

Digital Flow Switch PFM7## PRODUCT NAME Digital Flow Switch MODEL / Series / Product Number PFM7## Table of Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication and How to Order 10 Summary of Product parts 13 Definition and terminology

More information

Digital Flow Switch. How to Order PF2D C. Port size: (inch) PF2D504 PF2D520 PF2D540

Digital Flow Switch. How to Order PF2D C. Port size: (inch) PF2D504 PF2D520 PF2D540 Courtesy of CMA/Flodyne/Hydradyne Motion Control Hydraulic Pneumatic Electrical Mechanical (800) 26-580 www.cmafh.com Digital Flow Switch for Deionized Water and Chemicals Series Body and New PFA Tube

More information

Technical information for LFU20-Z07-3A-X2

Technical information for LFU20-Z07-3A-X2 Technical information for LFU20-Z07-3A-X2 Ultrasonic flow sensor and flow controller Applications: closed-loop flow control. Also requires fluid regulator (separate part) Ultrasonic flow sensor IN18796_LFU

More information

Simple Pressure Level Setting. The threshold level is able to adjust simply. Just set the pointer suitable for the displayed pressure level.

Simple Pressure Level Setting. The threshold level is able to adjust simply. Just set the pointer suitable for the displayed pressure level. SERIES LED Bar Display Mechanical Switch is Out of Date Choose the Contemporary Pressure Sensor with LED Bar Display Marked Conforming to EMC directive Bright LED Bar Display Easy to read the pressure

More information

DP5/DPH. Head Separated Digital Pressure Sensor. 1/1000 Second High-Speed Response. The advantage of the fastest response in the industry SERIES

DP5/DPH. Head Separated Digital Pressure Sensor. 1/1000 Second High-Speed Response. The advantage of the fastest response in the industry SERIES Head Separated Digital Pressure Sensor SERIES /000 Second High-Speed Response Conforming to EMC Directive UL Recognition /,000 sec. The advantage of the fastest response in the industry 55 High speed in

More information

Vacuum Switch Diaphragm Style. Specifications

Vacuum Switch Diaphragm Style. Specifications Vacuum Switch Diaphragm Style Series ZSM-5/2 Specifications For details about certified products conforming to international standards, visit us at www.smcworld.com. Model Switch specifications Fluid Max.

More information

Digital Pressure Sensor with Auto-reference Function. Example of air-leak test. Threshold level. Reference pressure. Reference pressure

Digital Pressure Sensor with Auto-reference Function. Example of air-leak test. Threshold level. Reference pressure. Reference pressure SERIES Digital ure Sensor with Auto-reference Function Digital Auto reference High accuracy sensing at all times with autoreference function * UL 61010C-1 compatible, Passed the UL 991 Environment Test

More information

PG-30 PRESSURE GAUGES P G R - N FEATURES MODEL NUMBER DESIGNATION

PG-30 PRESSURE GAUGES P G R - N FEATURES MODEL NUMBER DESIGNATION marking Compatible with EMC directive INTERNAL STRUCTURE 5 1 2 6 4 3 Part name Material FEATURES 1 Pressure sensor P-2000 Compact and lightweight general-purpose pressure gauges Innovative general-purpose

More information

SERIES LED Display Digital Pressure Sensor. Clearly Visible LED Display with 3 1 /2 Digits

SERIES LED Display Digital Pressure Sensor. Clearly Visible LED Display with 3 1 /2 Digits SERIES LED Display Digital Pressure Sensor Complete Functionality from a Wide Model Line-up Marked Conforming to EMC Directive High Accuracy High Resolution High Speed It achieves a 2.5ms, or less, response

More information

ZSE30A(F) ISE30A. 105 to 105 kpa 10 to 105 kpa to 1.05 MPa. (0 to 50 C) ±0.2% F.S. ±1 digit. NPN/PNP open collector

ZSE30A(F) ISE30A. 105 to 105 kpa 10 to 105 kpa to 1.05 MPa. (0 to 50 C) ±0.2% F.S. ±1 digit. NPN/PNP open collector Pressure Switch Model Selection Table Self-contained Type ZSE20(F) ZSE30A(F) ISE30A ZSE40A(F) ISE40A ZSE10(F) Model Fluid Calibration method Set pressure range Power supply voltage 105 to 105 kpa 10 to

More information

Magnetic Field Resistant 2-color Indication Type Solid State Auto Switch

Magnetic Field Resistant 2-color Indication Type Solid State Auto Switch PRODUCT NAME Magnetic Field Resistant 2-color Indication Type Solid State Auto Switch MODEL / Series / Product Number D-P3DW(A) * Series Contents Safety Instructions 2 Model Indication Method 8 Names and

More information

SERIES LED Display Digital Pressure Sensor. Clearly Visible LED Display with 3 1 /2 Digits

SERIES LED Display Digital Pressure Sensor. Clearly Visible LED Display with 3 1 /2 Digits SERIES LED Display Digital Pressure Sensor PE DP-M DP-Y DP3 High Accuracy High Resolution High Speed It achieves a 2.5ms, or less, response time at a high resolution of 1/1,000. It enables highly accurate

More information

Glossary of Terms/Technical Information

Glossary of Terms/Technical Information Glossary of Terms/Technical Information Glossary of Terms A Absolute pressure Accuracy Analog output function P. 84 Auto preset function Auto shift function C Chattering Condensation Connection port size

More information

Vacuum pump system type

Vacuum pump system type type VS*P Vacuum component C O N T E N T S Series variation 166 20 mm width universal type (/M) 168 10.5 mm width universal type (/M) 184 31.5 mm width discrete type (VSQP) 214 11 mm pitch manifold dedicated

More information

Digital Flow Switch for Deionized Water and Chemicals

Digital Flow Switch for Deionized Water and Chemicals Digital Flow Switch for Deionized Water and Chemicals Series PFD A single controller can monitor the flow rate of different sensors. Body and New PFA Tube Super PFA Three types of flow range 0. to l/min

More information

Electronic pressure switch for air

Electronic pressure switch for air pressure switch Sensors / pressure sensor Overview pressure is electrically detected, displayed and outputted. Features Various sort Wide variation is acailable from small sensor to display. CONTENTS Series

More information

* E8MS-N1 is only 1-channel pressure sensor controller. E80-C2 can be used. For more details, please refer to E80 catalogue.

* E8MS-N1 is only 1-channel pressure sensor controller. E80-C2 can be used. For more details, please refer to E80 catalogue. Authorised Distributors:- ASH & ALAIN INDIA PVT LTD S-, F.I.E.E., Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-ii, New Delhi-(India) Tel : -7977 Fax : -7977 E-mail : sales@ashalain.com Sensor Four-Input-Channel Sensor

More information

Model Pressure range ON/OFF output Linear output

Model Pressure range ON/OFF output Linear output Authorised Distributors:- ASH & ALAIN INDIA PV LD S-1, F.I.E.E., Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-ii, New Delhi-112(India) el : 11-43797575 Fax : 11-43797574 E-mail : sales@ashalain.com Digital Sensor Sensor

More information

DPC-100 Series INSTRUCTION MANUAL WIRING I/O CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS PART DESCRIPTION

DPC-100 Series INSTRUCTION MANUAL WIRING I/O CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS PART DESCRIPTION Sensor INSTRUCTI MANUAL Head Separated Digital Sensor Controller DPC-1 Series MJE-DPC1 No.7-98V Thank you very much for using SUNX products. Please read this Instruction Manual carefully and thoroughly

More information

Non-Contact Sensor for Workpiece Placement Verification

Non-Contact Sensor for Workpiece Placement Verification ir Catch Sensor Series 2 Non-Contact Sensor for Workpiece Placement Verification Stable detection of. to. mm clearance Due to the pneumatic bridge circuit and semiconductor pressure sensor, the non-contact

More information

ITVH Series. 3.0 MPa Maximum Supply Pressure High Pressure Electro-Pneumatic Regulator. 3.0 MPa 0.2 to 2.0 MPa. 3 W or less L /min (ANR)*

ITVH Series. 3.0 MPa Maximum Supply Pressure High Pressure Electro-Pneumatic Regulator. 3.0 MPa 0.2 to 2.0 MPa. 3 W or less L /min (ANR)* 3.0 MPa Maximum Supply Pressure High Pressure Electro-Pneumatic Regulator ITVH Series ARJ RoHS Maximum supply pressure Set pressure range Stability 3.0 MPa 0.2 to 2.0 MPa ARX AMR Stepless control of air

More information

Digital display Pressure range ON/OFF output Linear output Model

Digital display Pressure range ON/OFF output Linear output Model Slim Digital Pressure Sensor E8CB/ CSM_E8CB DS_E 1 with Built-in Microcomputer and Digital Display Withstands a of 9 kpa and highly reliable. Incorporates a two-turn adjuster ensuring easy setting. Be

More information

Vacuum Equipment. Application. Series

Vacuum Equipment. Application. Series Equipment Series Application Page ejector In-line vacuum ejector Multistage ejector ejector with check valve Pad with check valve ejector for water soluble coolant removal ZH ZU ZL1/2 (Special order product)

More information

Series ITV. Electro-pneumatic Regulator Electronic Vacuum Regulator F.R.L. AV AU AF AR IR VEX AMR ITV IC VBA VE VY1 G PPA AL

Series ITV. Electro-pneumatic Regulator Electronic Vacuum Regulator F.R.L. AV AU AF AR IR VEX AMR ITV IC VBA VE VY1 G PPA AL SMC REULATOR Electro-pneumatic Regulator Electronic Vacuum Regulator Series Series Series Model Regulating pressure range Port size With a simplified high-density circuit board design, an extremely compact

More information

Series ISA. Air Catch Sensor. For Detection of Work Presence

Series ISA. Air Catch Sensor. For Detection of Work Presence ED Bar graph for easy calibration The ED bar graph indicator in conjunction with the adjustment knob for the variable orifice allows for easy and correct calibrations. Over range (Red) Correct range (Green)

More information

Series ITV. Electro-pneumatic Regulator Electronic Vacuum Regulator F.R.L. AV AU AF AR IR VEX AMR ITV IC VBA VE VY1 G PPA AL

Series ITV. Electro-pneumatic Regulator Electronic Vacuum Regulator F.R.L. AV AU AF AR IR VEX AMR ITV IC VBA VE VY1 G PPA AL SMC REULATOR ITV2 Electro-pneumatic Regulator Electronic Vacuum Regulator Series ITV Series ITV Series Model Regulating pressure range Port size With a simplified high-density circuit board design, an

More information

PG-30 PRESSURE GAUGES P G R - N MODEL NUMBER DESIGNATION

PG-30 PRESSURE GAUGES P G R - N MODEL NUMBER DESIGNATION INTERNAL STRUCTURE 5 1 marking Compatible with EMC directive 2 6 4 3 Part name Material 1 Pressure sensor P-2000 2 Sensor O ring NBR 3 Adaptor Aluminum Die-casting 4 Case O ring NBR 5 Case PBT (Polybutyleneterephthalate)

More information

Trimmer Auto Switch Series D- 7K/D-R K

Trimmer Auto Switch Series D- 7K/D-R K CAT.ES0-180 B Trimmer Auto Switch Series D- K/D-R K Large work piece OUT1 and OUT are adjustable separately. OUT1 Trimmer OUT Trimmer OUT Medium work piece Small work piece Operating range of sensor (LED

More information

Q1 Q2 Q3. 2 stage performance. 3 stage performance. Suction flow rate. 250% suction flow rate increase. Release flow rate adjusting needle.

Q1 Q2 Q3. 2 stage performance. 3 stage performance. Suction flow rate. 250% suction flow rate increase. Release flow rate adjusting needle. Multistage Ejector 112/212 Series Energy-saving, large flow rate, 3 stage diffuser construction Suction flow rate increased 25% and air consumption reduced 2% with 3 stage diffuser construction (ersus

More information

ø20, ø32 ø50, ø63, ø80 How to Order Piping direction Flange side Nil Cylinder stroke 15mm 15 (RSH20) 20mm 20 (RSH32) 30 D L Cylinder stroke

ø20, ø32 ø50, ø63, ø80 How to Order Piping direction Flange side Nil Cylinder stroke 15mm 15 (RSH20) 20mm 20 (RSH32) 30 D L Cylinder stroke Heavy Duty Stopper Cylinder Series RSH/RS1H ø, ø32 ø, ø63, ø How to Order Piping direction Flange side Nil Positional relationship of lever and port RSH Port Direction of transfer 32mm Bore size only 32

More information

AS Series. 4.0 g. Weight: Approx. 27% lighter. Flow Rate Reproducibility. Larger Knob. Easy Identification of Product Type. 5.5 g.

AS Series. 4.0 g. Weight: Approx. 27% lighter. Flow Rate Reproducibility. Larger Knob. Easy Identification of Product Type. 5.5 g. Speed Controller with One-touch Fittings In-line In-line Type y Easo t use RoHS Brass Stainless steel Reduces flow setting time! Push-lock type Knob O.D.: Almost doubled! Easy to lock ø9.4 Unlock ø5 Lock

More information

2 Window comparator mode. Hysteresis Hysteresis

2 Window comparator mode. Hysteresis Hysteresis SERIES High-performance Digital Pressure Sensor Digital Automatic sensitivity setting With analog output Complete functionality! Selection from a wide lineup DP3 * UL 61010C-1 compatible, Passed the UL

More information

Vacuum Switch with LED display

Vacuum Switch with LED display Vacuum Switch with display 812 To improve visibility, an display is adopted for the vacuum switch. displays indicates set-up pressure and working pressure. Two types of vacuum switch selection: Two switch

More information

Digital Gap Checker. ISA3 series

Digital Gap Checker. ISA3 series PRODUCT NAME Digital Gap Checker MODEL / Series / Product Number ISA3 series Table of Contents 1 Before Use Safety Instructions 2 2 About this product Features 7 Model Indication and How to Order 8 Summary

More information

Series ITV0000. Compact Electro-Pneumatic Regulator ITV N Q. IITV00 02 n. How to Order. For single unit and single unit for manifold

Series ITV0000. Compact Electro-Pneumatic Regulator ITV N Q. IITV00 02 n. How to Order. For single unit and single unit for manifold Compact Electro-Pneumatic Regulator Series ITV How to Order For single unit and single unit for manifold ITV N Q Pressure range. MPa MPa.9 MPa Power supply voltage 4 VDC ±% to VDC Cable connector N S L

More information

Pressure Gauge. Fluid admitted Pressure indication range Accuracy Service temperature range Cap. Resin body GPC (1)

Pressure Gauge. Fluid admitted Pressure indication range Accuracy Service temperature range Cap. Resin body GPC (1) Pressure Gauge Feature The compact-size pressure gauges can be installed in small spaces. With the built-in tube fitting type, tube connection is the only necessary step before pressure indication. Graphical

More information

2-color display. Digital Pressure Switch. Stainless diaphragm. IP65 compliant. Series ZSE80/ISE80

2-color display. Digital Pressure Switch. Stainless diaphragm. IP65 compliant. Series ZSE80/ISE80 -Color Display Digital Pressure Switch Stainless diaphragm Oil-free (Single-layer diaphragm structure) Sensor parts: Stainless steel 630 Fitting parts: Stainless steel 304 The sensor and fitting parts

More information

3-colour / 2-screen display

3-colour / 2-screen display 3-colour display RoHS New Digital Flow Switch for Water IP65 3-colour / 2-screen display Main screen Sub screen Note 3) Main screen Sub screen Note 3) Instantaneous flow rate Set value Note ) ccumulated

More information

NAMUR Interface 5 Port Solenoid Valve

NAMUR Interface 5 Port Solenoid Valve NAMUR Interface 5 Port Solenoid Valve Series VFN000N 5 5 Specifications Valve Electrical entry Fluid Max. operating pressure Min. operating pressure Ambient and fluid temperature Lubrication Pilot operator

More information

Digital Pressure Sensor

Digital Pressure Sensor Digital Pressure Sensor SALIENT FEATURES IP 65 enclosure Hysteresis Adjustable Programmable Pressure unit Dual Digital & Voltage Outputs Wide measurement range 1~10 bar Model Number Legend 1 2 3 4 1. Series

More information

Electro-Pneumatic Regulator/Electronic Vacuum Regulator

Electro-Pneumatic Regulator/Electronic Vacuum Regulator Electro-Pneumatic Regulator/Electronic Vacuum Regulator Series Stepless control of air pressure proportional to an electrical signal // series are compatible with various input specifications, including

More information

Compact Flow Rate Sensor. RAPIFLOW FSM3 Series Resin Body Type. Diversified High Performance. High performance. User-friendly. Compatible CC-1235A 1

Compact Flow Rate Sensor. RAPIFLOW FSM3 Series Resin Body Type. Diversified High Performance. High performance. User-friendly. Compatible CC-1235A 1 Compact Flow Rate Sensor RAPIFLOW Resin Body Type Diversified High Performance High performance User-friendly Compatible CC-1235A 1 Diversified Five types of gases can be measured with just one unit Gas

More information

2-Color Display High Precision Digital Pressure Switch. RoHS. compliant. 2 switches 10 switches

2-Color Display High Precision Digital Pressure Switch. RoHS. compliant. 2 switches 10 switches 2-Color Display High Precision Digital Pressure Switch IP65 compliant RoHS compliant Applicable fluid Air, Non-corrosive gas, Non-flammable gas Can copy to up to 10 switches simultaneously. The settings

More information